2 // This file is part of Moodle - http://moodle.org/
4 // Moodle is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
5 // it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
6 // the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
7 // (at your option) any later version.
9 // Moodle is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
10 // but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
11 // MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
12 // GNU General Public License for more details.
14 // You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
15 // along with Moodle. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
18 * Functions and classes used during installation, upgrades and for admin settings.
20 * ADMIN SETTINGS TREE INTRODUCTION
22 * This file performs the following tasks:
23 * -it defines the necessary objects and interfaces to build the Moodle
25 * -it defines the admin_externalpage_setup()
27 * ADMIN_SETTING OBJECTS
29 * Moodle settings are represented by objects that inherit from the admin_setting
30 * class. These objects encapsulate how to read a setting, how to write a new value
31 * to a setting, and how to appropriately display the HTML to modify the setting.
33 * ADMIN_SETTINGPAGE OBJECTS
35 * The admin_setting objects are then grouped into admin_settingpages. The latter
36 * appear in the Moodle admin tree block. All interaction with admin_settingpage
37 * objects is handled by the admin/settings.php file.
39 * ADMIN_EXTERNALPAGE OBJECTS
41 * There are some settings in Moodle that are too complex to (efficiently) handle
42 * with admin_settingpages. (Consider, for example, user management and displaying
43 * lists of users.) In this case, we use the admin_externalpage object. This object
44 * places a link to an external PHP file in the admin tree block.
46 * If you're using an admin_externalpage object for some settings, you can take
47 * advantage of the admin_externalpage_* functions. For example, suppose you wanted
48 * to add a foo.php file into admin. First off, you add the following line to
49 * admin/settings/first.php (at the end of the file) or to some other file in
52 * $ADMIN->add('userinterface', new admin_externalpage('foo', get_string('foo'),
53 * $CFG->wwwdir . '/' . '$CFG->admin . '/foo.php', 'some_role_permission'));
56 * Next, in foo.php, your file structure would resemble the following:
58 * require(__DIR__.'/../../config.php');
59 * require_once($CFG->libdir.'/adminlib.php');
60 * admin_externalpage_setup('foo');
61 * // functionality like processing form submissions goes here
62 * echo $OUTPUT->header();
63 * // your HTML goes here
64 * echo $OUTPUT->footer();
67 * The admin_externalpage_setup() function call ensures the user is logged in,
68 * and makes sure that they have the proper role permission to access the page.
69 * It also configures all $PAGE properties needed for navigation.
71 * ADMIN_CATEGORY OBJECTS
73 * Above and beyond all this, we have admin_category objects. These objects
74 * appear as folders in the admin tree block. They contain admin_settingpage's,
75 * admin_externalpage's, and other admin_category's.
79 * admin_settingpage's, admin_externalpage's, and admin_category's all inherit
80 * from part_of_admin_tree (a pseudointerface). This interface insists that
81 * a class has a check_access method for access permissions, a locate method
82 * used to find a specific node in the admin tree and find parent path.
84 * admin_category's inherit from parentable_part_of_admin_tree. This pseudo-
85 * interface ensures that the class implements a recursive add function which
86 * accepts a part_of_admin_tree object and searches for the proper place to
87 * put it. parentable_part_of_admin_tree implies part_of_admin_tree.
89 * Please note that the $this->name field of any part_of_admin_tree must be
90 * UNIQUE throughout the ENTIRE admin tree.
92 * The $this->name field of an admin_setting object (which is *not* part_of_
93 * admin_tree) must be unique on the respective admin_settingpage where it is
96 * Original author: Vincenzo K. Marcovecchio
97 * Maintainer: Petr Skoda
101 * @copyright 1999 onwards Martin Dougiamas http://dougiamas.com
102 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
105 defined('MOODLE_INTERNAL') ||
die();
108 require_once($CFG->libdir
.'/ddllib.php');
109 require_once($CFG->libdir
.'/xmlize.php');
110 require_once($CFG->libdir
.'/messagelib.php');
112 define('INSECURE_DATAROOT_WARNING', 1);
113 define('INSECURE_DATAROOT_ERROR', 2);
116 * Automatically clean-up all plugin data and remove the plugin DB tables
118 * NOTE: do not call directly, use new /admin/plugins.php?uninstall=component instead!
120 * @param string $type The plugin type, eg. 'mod', 'qtype', 'workshopgrading' etc.
121 * @param string $name The plugin name, eg. 'forum', 'multichoice', 'accumulative' etc.
122 * @uses global $OUTPUT to produce notices and other messages
125 function uninstall_plugin($type, $name) {
126 global $CFG, $DB, $OUTPUT;
128 // This may take a long time.
129 core_php_time_limit
::raise();
131 // Recursively uninstall all subplugins first.
132 $subplugintypes = core_component
::get_plugin_types_with_subplugins();
133 if (isset($subplugintypes[$type])) {
134 $base = core_component
::get_plugin_directory($type, $name);
135 if (file_exists("$base/db/subplugins.php")) {
136 $subplugins = array();
137 include("$base/db/subplugins.php");
138 foreach ($subplugins as $subplugintype=>$dir) {
139 $instances = core_component
::get_plugin_list($subplugintype);
140 foreach ($instances as $subpluginname => $notusedpluginpath) {
141 uninstall_plugin($subplugintype, $subpluginname);
148 $component = $type . '_' . $name; // eg. 'qtype_multichoice' or 'workshopgrading_accumulative' or 'mod_forum'
150 if ($type === 'mod') {
151 $pluginname = $name; // eg. 'forum'
152 if (get_string_manager()->string_exists('modulename', $component)) {
153 $strpluginname = get_string('modulename', $component);
155 $strpluginname = $component;
159 $pluginname = $component;
160 if (get_string_manager()->string_exists('pluginname', $component)) {
161 $strpluginname = get_string('pluginname', $component);
163 $strpluginname = $component;
167 echo $OUTPUT->heading($pluginname);
169 // Delete all tag areas, collections and instances associated with this plugin.
170 core_tag_area
::uninstall($component);
172 // Custom plugin uninstall.
173 $plugindirectory = core_component
::get_plugin_directory($type, $name);
174 $uninstalllib = $plugindirectory . '/db/uninstall.php';
175 if (file_exists($uninstalllib)) {
176 require_once($uninstalllib);
177 $uninstallfunction = 'xmldb_' . $pluginname . '_uninstall'; // eg. 'xmldb_workshop_uninstall()'
178 if (function_exists($uninstallfunction)) {
179 // Do not verify result, let plugin complain if necessary.
180 $uninstallfunction();
184 // Specific plugin type cleanup.
185 $plugininfo = core_plugin_manager
::instance()->get_plugin_info($component);
187 $plugininfo->uninstall_cleanup();
188 core_plugin_manager
::reset_caches();
192 // perform clean-up task common for all the plugin/subplugin types
194 //delete the web service functions and pre-built services
195 require_once($CFG->dirroot
.'/lib/externallib.php');
196 external_delete_descriptions($component);
198 // delete calendar events
199 $DB->delete_records('event', array('modulename' => $pluginname));
201 // Delete scheduled tasks.
202 $DB->delete_records('task_scheduled', array('component' => $component));
204 // Delete Inbound Message datakeys.
205 $DB->delete_records_select('messageinbound_datakeys',
206 'handler IN (SELECT id FROM {messageinbound_handlers} WHERE component = ?)', array($component));
208 // Delete Inbound Message handlers.
209 $DB->delete_records('messageinbound_handlers', array('component' => $component));
211 // delete all the logs
212 $DB->delete_records('log', array('module' => $pluginname));
214 // delete log_display information
215 $DB->delete_records('log_display', array('component' => $component));
217 // delete the module configuration records
218 unset_all_config_for_plugin($component);
219 if ($type === 'mod') {
220 unset_all_config_for_plugin($pluginname);
223 // delete message provider
224 message_provider_uninstall($component);
226 // delete the plugin tables
227 $xmldbfilepath = $plugindirectory . '/db/install.xml';
228 drop_plugin_tables($component, $xmldbfilepath, false);
229 if ($type === 'mod' or $type === 'block') {
230 // non-frankenstyle table prefixes
231 drop_plugin_tables($name, $xmldbfilepath, false);
234 // delete the capabilities that were defined by this module
235 capabilities_cleanup($component);
237 // remove event handlers and dequeue pending events
238 events_uninstall($component);
240 // Delete all remaining files in the filepool owned by the component.
241 $fs = get_file_storage();
242 $fs->delete_component_files($component);
244 // Finally purge all caches.
247 // Invalidate the hash used for upgrade detections.
248 set_config('allversionshash', '');
250 echo $OUTPUT->notification(get_string('success'), 'notifysuccess');
254 * Returns the version of installed component
256 * @param string $component component name
257 * @param string $source either 'disk' or 'installed' - where to get the version information from
258 * @return string|bool version number or false if the component is not found
260 function get_component_version($component, $source='installed') {
263 list($type, $name) = core_component
::normalize_component($component);
265 // moodle core or a core subsystem
266 if ($type === 'core') {
267 if ($source === 'installed') {
268 if (empty($CFG->version
)) {
271 return $CFG->version
;
274 if (!is_readable($CFG->dirroot
.'/version.php')) {
277 $version = null; //initialize variable for IDEs
278 include($CFG->dirroot
.'/version.php');
285 if ($type === 'mod') {
286 if ($source === 'installed') {
287 if ($CFG->version
< 2013092001.02) {
288 return $DB->get_field('modules', 'version', array('name'=>$name));
290 return get_config('mod_'.$name, 'version');
294 $mods = core_component
::get_plugin_list('mod');
295 if (empty($mods[$name]) or !is_readable($mods[$name].'/version.php')) {
298 $plugin = new stdClass();
299 $plugin->version
= null;
301 include($mods[$name].'/version.php');
302 return $plugin->version
;
308 if ($type === 'block') {
309 if ($source === 'installed') {
310 if ($CFG->version
< 2013092001.02) {
311 return $DB->get_field('block', 'version', array('name'=>$name));
313 return get_config('block_'.$name, 'version');
316 $blocks = core_component
::get_plugin_list('block');
317 if (empty($blocks[$name]) or !is_readable($blocks[$name].'/version.php')) {
320 $plugin = new stdclass();
321 include($blocks[$name].'/version.php');
322 return $plugin->version
;
327 // all other plugin types
328 if ($source === 'installed') {
329 return get_config($type.'_'.$name, 'version');
331 $plugins = core_component
::get_plugin_list($type);
332 if (empty($plugins[$name])) {
335 $plugin = new stdclass();
336 include($plugins[$name].'/version.php');
337 return $plugin->version
;
343 * Delete all plugin tables
345 * @param string $name Name of plugin, used as table prefix
346 * @param string $file Path to install.xml file
347 * @param bool $feedback defaults to true
348 * @return bool Always returns true
350 function drop_plugin_tables($name, $file, $feedback=true) {
353 // first try normal delete
354 if (file_exists($file) and $DB->get_manager()->delete_tables_from_xmldb_file($file)) {
358 // then try to find all tables that start with name and are not in any xml file
359 $used_tables = get_used_table_names();
361 $tables = $DB->get_tables();
363 /// Iterate over, fixing id fields as necessary
364 foreach ($tables as $table) {
365 if (in_array($table, $used_tables)) {
369 if (strpos($table, $name) !== 0) {
373 // found orphan table --> delete it
374 if ($DB->get_manager()->table_exists($table)) {
375 $xmldb_table = new xmldb_table($table);
376 $DB->get_manager()->drop_table($xmldb_table);
384 * Returns names of all known tables == tables that moodle knows about.
386 * @return array Array of lowercase table names
388 function get_used_table_names() {
389 $table_names = array();
390 $dbdirs = get_db_directories();
392 foreach ($dbdirs as $dbdir) {
393 $file = $dbdir.'/install.xml';
395 $xmldb_file = new xmldb_file($file);
397 if (!$xmldb_file->fileExists()) {
401 $loaded = $xmldb_file->loadXMLStructure();
402 $structure = $xmldb_file->getStructure();
404 if ($loaded and $tables = $structure->getTables()) {
405 foreach($tables as $table) {
406 $table_names[] = strtolower($table->getName());
415 * Returns list of all directories where we expect install.xml files
416 * @return array Array of paths
418 function get_db_directories() {
423 /// First, the main one (lib/db)
424 $dbdirs[] = $CFG->libdir
.'/db';
426 /// Then, all the ones defined by core_component::get_plugin_types()
427 $plugintypes = core_component
::get_plugin_types();
428 foreach ($plugintypes as $plugintype => $pluginbasedir) {
429 if ($plugins = core_component
::get_plugin_list($plugintype)) {
430 foreach ($plugins as $plugin => $plugindir) {
431 $dbdirs[] = $plugindir.'/db';
440 * Try to obtain or release the cron lock.
441 * @param string $name name of lock
442 * @param int $until timestamp when this lock considered stale, null means remove lock unconditionally
443 * @param bool $ignorecurrent ignore current lock state, usually extend previous lock, defaults to false
444 * @return bool true if lock obtained
446 function set_cron_lock($name, $until, $ignorecurrent=false) {
449 debugging("Tried to get a cron lock for a null fieldname");
453 // remove lock by force == remove from config table
454 if (is_null($until)) {
455 set_config($name, null);
459 if (!$ignorecurrent) {
460 // read value from db - other processes might have changed it
461 $value = $DB->get_field('config', 'value', array('name'=>$name));
463 if ($value and $value > time()) {
469 set_config($name, $until);
474 * Test if and critical warnings are present
477 function admin_critical_warnings_present() {
480 if (!has_capability('moodle/site:config', context_system
::instance())) {
484 if (!isset($SESSION->admin_critical_warning
)) {
485 $SESSION->admin_critical_warning
= 0;
486 if (is_dataroot_insecure(true) === INSECURE_DATAROOT_ERROR
) {
487 $SESSION->admin_critical_warning
= 1;
491 return $SESSION->admin_critical_warning
;
495 * Detects if float supports at least 10 decimal digits
497 * Detects if float supports at least 10 decimal digits
498 * and also if float-->string conversion works as expected.
500 * @return bool true if problem found
502 function is_float_problem() {
503 $num1 = 2009010200.01;
504 $num2 = 2009010200.02;
506 return ((string)$num1 === (string)$num2 or $num1 === $num2 or $num2 <= (string)$num1);
510 * Try to verify that dataroot is not accessible from web.
512 * Try to verify that dataroot is not accessible from web.
513 * It is not 100% correct but might help to reduce number of vulnerable sites.
514 * Protection from httpd.conf and .htaccess is not detected properly.
516 * @uses INSECURE_DATAROOT_WARNING
517 * @uses INSECURE_DATAROOT_ERROR
518 * @param bool $fetchtest try to test public access by fetching file, default false
519 * @return mixed empty means secure, INSECURE_DATAROOT_ERROR found a critical problem, INSECURE_DATAROOT_WARNING might be problematic
521 function is_dataroot_insecure($fetchtest=false) {
524 $siteroot = str_replace('\\', '/', strrev($CFG->dirroot
.'/')); // win32 backslash workaround
526 $rp = preg_replace('|https?://[^/]+|i', '', $CFG->wwwroot
, 1);
527 $rp = strrev(trim($rp, '/'));
528 $rp = explode('/', $rp);
530 if (strpos($siteroot, '/'.$r.'/') === 0) {
531 $siteroot = substr($siteroot, strlen($r)+
1); // moodle web in subdirectory
533 break; // probably alias root
537 $siteroot = strrev($siteroot);
538 $dataroot = str_replace('\\', '/', $CFG->dataroot
.'/');
540 if (strpos($dataroot, $siteroot) !== 0) {
545 return INSECURE_DATAROOT_WARNING
;
548 // now try all methods to fetch a test file using http protocol
550 $httpdocroot = str_replace('\\', '/', strrev($CFG->dirroot
.'/'));
551 preg_match('|(https?://[^/]+)|i', $CFG->wwwroot
, $matches);
552 $httpdocroot = $matches[1];
553 $datarooturl = $httpdocroot.'/'. substr($dataroot, strlen($siteroot));
554 make_upload_directory('diag');
555 $testfile = $CFG->dataroot
.'/diag/public.txt';
556 if (!file_exists($testfile)) {
557 file_put_contents($testfile, 'test file, do not delete');
558 @chmod
($testfile, $CFG->filepermissions
);
560 $teststr = trim(file_get_contents($testfile));
561 if (empty($teststr)) {
563 return INSECURE_DATAROOT_WARNING
;
566 $testurl = $datarooturl.'/diag/public.txt';
567 if (extension_loaded('curl') and
568 !(stripos(ini_get('disable_functions'), 'curl_init') !== FALSE) and
569 !(stripos(ini_get('disable_functions'), 'curl_setop') !== FALSE) and
570 ($ch = @curl_init
($testurl)) !== false) {
571 curl_setopt($ch, CURLOPT_RETURNTRANSFER
, true);
572 curl_setopt($ch, CURLOPT_HEADER
, false);
573 $data = curl_exec($ch);
574 if (!curl_errno($ch)) {
576 if ($data === $teststr) {
578 return INSECURE_DATAROOT_ERROR
;
584 if ($data = @file_get_contents
($testurl)) {
586 if ($data === $teststr) {
587 return INSECURE_DATAROOT_ERROR
;
591 preg_match('|https?://([^/]+)|i', $testurl, $matches);
592 $sitename = $matches[1];
594 if ($fp = @fsockopen
($sitename, 80, $error)) {
595 preg_match('|https?://[^/]+(.*)|i', $testurl, $matches);
596 $localurl = $matches[1];
597 $out = "GET $localurl HTTP/1.1\r\n";
598 $out .= "Host: $sitename\r\n";
599 $out .= "Connection: Close\r\n\r\n";
605 $data .= fgets($fp, 1024);
606 } else if (@fgets
($fp, 1024) === "\r\n") {
612 if ($data === $teststr) {
613 return INSECURE_DATAROOT_ERROR
;
617 return INSECURE_DATAROOT_WARNING
;
621 * Enables CLI maintenance mode by creating new dataroot/climaintenance.html file.
623 function enable_cli_maintenance_mode() {
626 if (file_exists("$CFG->dataroot/climaintenance.html")) {
627 unlink("$CFG->dataroot/climaintenance.html");
630 if (isset($CFG->maintenance_message
) and !html_is_blank($CFG->maintenance_message
)) {
631 $data = $CFG->maintenance_message
;
632 $data = bootstrap_renderer
::early_error_content($data, null, null, null);
633 $data = bootstrap_renderer
::plain_page(get_string('sitemaintenance', 'admin'), $data);
635 } else if (file_exists("$CFG->dataroot/climaintenance.template.html")) {
636 $data = file_get_contents("$CFG->dataroot/climaintenance.template.html");
639 $data = get_string('sitemaintenance', 'admin');
640 $data = bootstrap_renderer
::early_error_content($data, null, null, null);
641 $data = bootstrap_renderer
::plain_page(get_string('sitemaintenance', 'admin'), $data);
644 file_put_contents("$CFG->dataroot/climaintenance.html", $data);
645 chmod("$CFG->dataroot/climaintenance.html", $CFG->filepermissions
);
648 /// CLASS DEFINITIONS /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
652 * Interface for anything appearing in the admin tree
654 * The interface that is implemented by anything that appears in the admin tree
655 * block. It forces inheriting classes to define a method for checking user permissions
656 * and methods for finding something in the admin tree.
658 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
660 interface part_of_admin_tree
{
663 * Finds a named part_of_admin_tree.
665 * Used to find a part_of_admin_tree. If a class only inherits part_of_admin_tree
666 * and not parentable_part_of_admin_tree, then this function should only check if
667 * $this->name matches $name. If it does, it should return a reference to $this,
668 * otherwise, it should return a reference to NULL.
670 * If a class inherits parentable_part_of_admin_tree, this method should be called
671 * recursively on all child objects (assuming, of course, the parent object's name
672 * doesn't match the search criterion).
674 * @param string $name The internal name of the part_of_admin_tree we're searching for.
675 * @return mixed An object reference or a NULL reference.
677 public function locate($name);
680 * Removes named part_of_admin_tree.
682 * @param string $name The internal name of the part_of_admin_tree we want to remove.
683 * @return bool success.
685 public function prune($name);
689 * @param string $query
690 * @return mixed array-object structure of found settings and pages
692 public function search($query);
695 * Verifies current user's access to this part_of_admin_tree.
697 * Used to check if the current user has access to this part of the admin tree or
698 * not. If a class only inherits part_of_admin_tree and not parentable_part_of_admin_tree,
699 * then this method is usually just a call to has_capability() in the site context.
701 * If a class inherits parentable_part_of_admin_tree, this method should return the
702 * logical OR of the return of check_access() on all child objects.
704 * @return bool True if the user has access, false if she doesn't.
706 public function check_access();
709 * Mostly useful for removing of some parts of the tree in admin tree block.
711 * @return True is hidden from normal list view
713 public function is_hidden();
716 * Show we display Save button at the page bottom?
719 public function show_save();
724 * Interface implemented by any part_of_admin_tree that has children.
726 * The interface implemented by any part_of_admin_tree that can be a parent
727 * to other part_of_admin_tree's. (For now, this only includes admin_category.) Apart
728 * from ensuring part_of_admin_tree compliancy, it also ensures inheriting methods
729 * include an add method for adding other part_of_admin_tree objects as children.
731 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
733 interface parentable_part_of_admin_tree
extends part_of_admin_tree
{
736 * Adds a part_of_admin_tree object to the admin tree.
738 * Used to add a part_of_admin_tree object to this object or a child of this
739 * object. $something should only be added if $destinationname matches
740 * $this->name. If it doesn't, add should be called on child objects that are
741 * also parentable_part_of_admin_tree's.
743 * $something should be appended as the last child in the $destinationname. If the
744 * $beforesibling is specified, $something should be prepended to it. If the given
745 * sibling is not found, $something should be appended to the end of $destinationname
746 * and a developer debugging message should be displayed.
748 * @param string $destinationname The internal name of the new parent for $something.
749 * @param part_of_admin_tree $something The object to be added.
750 * @return bool True on success, false on failure.
752 public function add($destinationname, $something, $beforesibling = null);
758 * The object used to represent folders (a.k.a. categories) in the admin tree block.
760 * Each admin_category object contains a number of part_of_admin_tree objects.
762 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
764 class admin_category
implements parentable_part_of_admin_tree
{
766 /** @var part_of_admin_tree[] An array of part_of_admin_tree objects that are this object's children */
768 /** @var string An internal name for this category. Must be unique amongst ALL part_of_admin_tree objects */
770 /** @var string The displayed name for this category. Usually obtained through get_string() */
772 /** @var bool Should this category be hidden in admin tree block? */
774 /** @var mixed Either a string or an array or strings */
776 /** @var mixed Either a string or an array or strings */
779 /** @var array fast lookup category cache, all categories of one tree point to one cache */
780 protected $category_cache;
782 /** @var bool If set to true children will be sorted when calling {@link admin_category::get_children()} */
783 protected $sort = false;
784 /** @var bool If set to true children will be sorted in ascending order. */
785 protected $sortasc = true;
786 /** @var bool If set to true sub categories and pages will be split and then sorted.. */
787 protected $sortsplit = true;
788 /** @var bool $sorted True if the children have been sorted and don't need resorting */
789 protected $sorted = false;
792 * Constructor for an empty admin category
794 * @param string $name The internal name for this category. Must be unique amongst ALL part_of_admin_tree objects
795 * @param string $visiblename The displayed named for this category. Usually obtained through get_string()
796 * @param bool $hidden hide category in admin tree block, defaults to false
798 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $hidden=false) {
799 $this->children
= array();
801 $this->visiblename
= $visiblename;
802 $this->hidden
= $hidden;
806 * Returns a reference to the part_of_admin_tree object with internal name $name.
808 * @param string $name The internal name of the object we want.
809 * @param bool $findpath initialize path and visiblepath arrays
810 * @return mixed A reference to the object with internal name $name if found, otherwise a reference to NULL.
813 public function locate($name, $findpath=false) {
814 if (!isset($this->category_cache
[$this->name
])) {
815 // somebody much have purged the cache
816 $this->category_cache
[$this->name
] = $this;
819 if ($this->name
== $name) {
821 $this->visiblepath
[] = $this->visiblename
;
822 $this->path
[] = $this->name
;
827 // quick category lookup
828 if (!$findpath and isset($this->category_cache
[$name])) {
829 return $this->category_cache
[$name];
833 foreach($this->children
as $childid=>$unused) {
834 if ($return = $this->children
[$childid]->locate($name, $findpath)) {
839 if (!is_null($return) and $findpath) {
840 $return->visiblepath
[] = $this->visiblename
;
841 $return->path
[] = $this->name
;
850 * @param string query
851 * @return mixed array-object structure of found settings and pages
853 public function search($query) {
855 foreach ($this->get_children() as $child) {
856 $subsearch = $child->search($query);
857 if (!is_array($subsearch)) {
858 debugging('Incorrect search result from '.$child->name
);
861 $result = array_merge($result, $subsearch);
867 * Removes part_of_admin_tree object with internal name $name.
869 * @param string $name The internal name of the object we want to remove.
870 * @return bool success
872 public function prune($name) {
874 if ($this->name
== $name) {
875 return false; //can not remove itself
878 foreach($this->children
as $precedence => $child) {
879 if ($child->name
== $name) {
880 // clear cache and delete self
881 while($this->category_cache
) {
882 // delete the cache, but keep the original array address
883 array_pop($this->category_cache
);
885 unset($this->children
[$precedence]);
887 } else if ($this->children
[$precedence]->prune($name)) {
895 * Adds a part_of_admin_tree to a child or grandchild (or great-grandchild, and so forth) of this object.
897 * By default the new part of the tree is appended as the last child of the parent. You
898 * can specify a sibling node that the new part should be prepended to. If the given
899 * sibling is not found, the part is appended to the end (as it would be by default) and
900 * a developer debugging message is displayed.
902 * @throws coding_exception if the $beforesibling is empty string or is not string at all.
903 * @param string $destinationame The internal name of the immediate parent that we want for $something.
904 * @param mixed $something A part_of_admin_tree or setting instance to be added.
905 * @param string $beforesibling The name of the parent's child the $something should be prepended to.
906 * @return bool True if successfully added, false if $something can not be added.
908 public function add($parentname, $something, $beforesibling = null) {
911 $parent = $this->locate($parentname);
912 if (is_null($parent)) {
913 debugging('parent does not exist!');
917 if ($something instanceof part_of_admin_tree
) {
918 if (!($parent instanceof parentable_part_of_admin_tree
)) {
919 debugging('error - parts of tree can be inserted only into parentable parts');
922 if ($CFG->debugdeveloper
&& !is_null($this->locate($something->name
))) {
923 // The name of the node is already used, simply warn the developer that this should not happen.
924 // It is intentional to check for the debug level before performing the check.
925 debugging('Duplicate admin page name: ' . $something->name
, DEBUG_DEVELOPER
);
927 if (is_null($beforesibling)) {
928 // Append $something as the parent's last child.
929 $parent->children
[] = $something;
931 if (!is_string($beforesibling) or trim($beforesibling) === '') {
932 throw new coding_exception('Unexpected value of the beforesibling parameter');
934 // Try to find the position of the sibling.
935 $siblingposition = null;
936 foreach ($parent->children
as $childposition => $child) {
937 if ($child->name
=== $beforesibling) {
938 $siblingposition = $childposition;
942 if (is_null($siblingposition)) {
943 debugging('Sibling '.$beforesibling.' not found', DEBUG_DEVELOPER
);
944 $parent->children
[] = $something;
946 $parent->children
= array_merge(
947 array_slice($parent->children
, 0, $siblingposition),
949 array_slice($parent->children
, $siblingposition)
953 if ($something instanceof admin_category
) {
954 if (isset($this->category_cache
[$something->name
])) {
955 debugging('Duplicate admin category name: '.$something->name
);
957 $this->category_cache
[$something->name
] = $something;
958 $something->category_cache
=& $this->category_cache
;
959 foreach ($something->children
as $child) {
960 // just in case somebody already added subcategories
961 if ($child instanceof admin_category
) {
962 if (isset($this->category_cache
[$child->name
])) {
963 debugging('Duplicate admin category name: '.$child->name
);
965 $this->category_cache
[$child->name
] = $child;
966 $child->category_cache
=& $this->category_cache
;
975 debugging('error - can not add this element');
982 * Checks if the user has access to anything in this category.
984 * @return bool True if the user has access to at least one child in this category, false otherwise.
986 public function check_access() {
987 foreach ($this->children
as $child) {
988 if ($child->check_access()) {
996 * Is this category hidden in admin tree block?
998 * @return bool True if hidden
1000 public function is_hidden() {
1001 return $this->hidden
;
1005 * Show we display Save button at the page bottom?
1008 public function show_save() {
1009 foreach ($this->children
as $child) {
1010 if ($child->show_save()) {
1018 * Sets sorting on this category.
1020 * Please note this function doesn't actually do the sorting.
1021 * It can be called anytime.
1022 * Sorting occurs when the user calls get_children.
1023 * Code using the children array directly won't see the sorted results.
1025 * @param bool $sort If set to true children will be sorted, if false they won't be.
1026 * @param bool $asc If true sorting will be ascending, otherwise descending.
1027 * @param bool $split If true we sort pages and sub categories separately.
1029 public function set_sorting($sort, $asc = true, $split = true) {
1030 $this->sort
= (bool)$sort;
1031 $this->sortasc
= (bool)$asc;
1032 $this->sortsplit
= (bool)$split;
1036 * Returns the children associated with this category.
1038 * @return part_of_admin_tree[]
1040 public function get_children() {
1041 // If we should sort and it hasn't already been sorted.
1042 if ($this->sort
&& !$this->sorted
) {
1043 if ($this->sortsplit
) {
1044 $categories = array();
1046 foreach ($this->children
as $child) {
1047 if ($child instanceof admin_category
) {
1048 $categories[] = $child;
1053 core_collator
::asort_objects_by_property($categories, 'visiblename');
1054 core_collator
::asort_objects_by_property($pages, 'visiblename');
1055 if (!$this->sortasc
) {
1056 $categories = array_reverse($categories);
1057 $pages = array_reverse($pages);
1059 $this->children
= array_merge($pages, $categories);
1061 core_collator
::asort_objects_by_property($this->children
, 'visiblename');
1062 if (!$this->sortasc
) {
1063 $this->children
= array_reverse($this->children
);
1066 $this->sorted
= true;
1068 return $this->children
;
1072 * Magically gets a property from this object.
1075 * @return part_of_admin_tree[]
1076 * @throws coding_exception
1078 public function __get($property) {
1079 if ($property === 'children') {
1080 return $this->get_children();
1082 throw new coding_exception('Invalid property requested.');
1086 * Magically sets a property against this object.
1088 * @param string $property
1089 * @param mixed $value
1090 * @throws coding_exception
1092 public function __set($property, $value) {
1093 if ($property === 'children') {
1094 $this->sorted
= false;
1095 $this->children
= $value;
1097 throw new coding_exception('Invalid property requested.');
1102 * Checks if an inaccessible property is set.
1104 * @param string $property
1106 * @throws coding_exception
1108 public function __isset($property) {
1109 if ($property === 'children') {
1110 return isset($this->children
);
1112 throw new coding_exception('Invalid property requested.');
1118 * Root of admin settings tree, does not have any parent.
1120 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
1122 class admin_root
extends admin_category
{
1123 /** @var array List of errors */
1125 /** @var string search query */
1127 /** @var bool full tree flag - true means all settings required, false only pages required */
1129 /** @var bool flag indicating loaded tree */
1131 /** @var mixed site custom defaults overriding defaults in settings files*/
1132 public $custom_defaults;
1135 * @param bool $fulltree true means all settings required,
1136 * false only pages required
1138 public function __construct($fulltree) {
1141 parent
::__construct('root', get_string('administration'), false);
1142 $this->errors
= array();
1144 $this->fulltree
= $fulltree;
1145 $this->loaded
= false;
1147 $this->category_cache
= array();
1149 // load custom defaults if found
1150 $this->custom_defaults
= null;
1151 $defaultsfile = "$CFG->dirroot/local/defaults.php";
1152 if (is_readable($defaultsfile)) {
1153 $defaults = array();
1154 include($defaultsfile);
1155 if (is_array($defaults) and count($defaults)) {
1156 $this->custom_defaults
= $defaults;
1162 * Empties children array, and sets loaded to false
1164 * @param bool $requirefulltree
1166 public function purge_children($requirefulltree) {
1167 $this->children
= array();
1168 $this->fulltree
= ($requirefulltree ||
$this->fulltree
);
1169 $this->loaded
= false;
1170 //break circular dependencies - this helps PHP 5.2
1171 while($this->category_cache
) {
1172 array_pop($this->category_cache
);
1174 $this->category_cache
= array();
1180 * Links external PHP pages into the admin tree.
1182 * See detailed usage example at the top of this document (adminlib.php)
1184 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
1186 class admin_externalpage
implements part_of_admin_tree
{
1188 /** @var string An internal name for this external page. Must be unique amongst ALL part_of_admin_tree objects */
1191 /** @var string The displayed name for this external page. Usually obtained through get_string(). */
1192 public $visiblename;
1194 /** @var string The external URL that we should link to when someone requests this external page. */
1197 /** @var string The role capability/permission a user must have to access this external page. */
1198 public $req_capability;
1200 /** @var object The context in which capability/permission should be checked, default is site context. */
1203 /** @var bool hidden in admin tree block. */
1206 /** @var mixed either string or array of string */
1209 /** @var array list of visible names of page parents */
1210 public $visiblepath;
1213 * Constructor for adding an external page into the admin tree.
1215 * @param string $name The internal name for this external page. Must be unique amongst ALL part_of_admin_tree objects.
1216 * @param string $visiblename The displayed name for this external page. Usually obtained through get_string().
1217 * @param string $url The external URL that we should link to when someone requests this external page.
1218 * @param mixed $req_capability The role capability/permission a user must have to access this external page. Defaults to 'moodle/site:config'.
1219 * @param boolean $hidden Is this external page hidden in admin tree block? Default false.
1220 * @param stdClass $context The context the page relates to. Not sure what happens
1221 * if you specify something other than system or front page. Defaults to system.
1223 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $url, $req_capability='moodle/site:config', $hidden=false, $context=NULL) {
1224 $this->name
= $name;
1225 $this->visiblename
= $visiblename;
1227 if (is_array($req_capability)) {
1228 $this->req_capability
= $req_capability;
1230 $this->req_capability
= array($req_capability);
1232 $this->hidden
= $hidden;
1233 $this->context
= $context;
1237 * Returns a reference to the part_of_admin_tree object with internal name $name.
1239 * @param string $name The internal name of the object we want.
1240 * @param bool $findpath defaults to false
1241 * @return mixed A reference to the object with internal name $name if found, otherwise a reference to NULL.
1243 public function locate($name, $findpath=false) {
1244 if ($this->name
== $name) {
1246 $this->visiblepath
= array($this->visiblename
);
1247 $this->path
= array($this->name
);
1257 * This function always returns false, required function by interface
1259 * @param string $name
1262 public function prune($name) {
1267 * Search using query
1269 * @param string $query
1270 * @return mixed array-object structure of found settings and pages
1272 public function search($query) {
1274 if (strpos(strtolower($this->name
), $query) !== false) {
1276 } else if (strpos(core_text
::strtolower($this->visiblename
), $query) !== false) {
1280 $result = new stdClass();
1281 $result->page
= $this;
1282 $result->settings
= array();
1283 return array($this->name
=> $result);
1290 * Determines if the current user has access to this external page based on $this->req_capability.
1292 * @return bool True if user has access, false otherwise.
1294 public function check_access() {
1296 $context = empty($this->context
) ? context_system
::instance() : $this->context
;
1297 foreach($this->req_capability
as $cap) {
1298 if (has_capability($cap, $context)) {
1306 * Is this external page hidden in admin tree block?
1308 * @return bool True if hidden
1310 public function is_hidden() {
1311 return $this->hidden
;
1315 * Show we display Save button at the page bottom?
1318 public function show_save() {
1325 * Used to group a number of admin_setting objects into a page and add them to the admin tree.
1327 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
1329 class admin_settingpage
implements part_of_admin_tree
{
1331 /** @var string An internal name for this external page. Must be unique amongst ALL part_of_admin_tree objects */
1334 /** @var string The displayed name for this external page. Usually obtained through get_string(). */
1335 public $visiblename;
1337 /** @var mixed An array of admin_setting objects that are part of this setting page. */
1340 /** @var string The role capability/permission a user must have to access this external page. */
1341 public $req_capability;
1343 /** @var object The context in which capability/permission should be checked, default is site context. */
1346 /** @var bool hidden in admin tree block. */
1349 /** @var mixed string of paths or array of strings of paths */
1352 /** @var array list of visible names of page parents */
1353 public $visiblepath;
1356 * see admin_settingpage for details of this function
1358 * @param string $name The internal name for this external page. Must be unique amongst ALL part_of_admin_tree objects.
1359 * @param string $visiblename The displayed name for this external page. Usually obtained through get_string().
1360 * @param mixed $req_capability The role capability/permission a user must have to access this external page. Defaults to 'moodle/site:config'.
1361 * @param boolean $hidden Is this external page hidden in admin tree block? Default false.
1362 * @param stdClass $context The context the page relates to. Not sure what happens
1363 * if you specify something other than system or front page. Defaults to system.
1365 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $req_capability='moodle/site:config', $hidden=false, $context=NULL) {
1366 $this->settings
= new stdClass();
1367 $this->name
= $name;
1368 $this->visiblename
= $visiblename;
1369 if (is_array($req_capability)) {
1370 $this->req_capability
= $req_capability;
1372 $this->req_capability
= array($req_capability);
1374 $this->hidden
= $hidden;
1375 $this->context
= $context;
1379 * see admin_category
1381 * @param string $name
1382 * @param bool $findpath
1383 * @return mixed Object (this) if name == this->name, else returns null
1385 public function locate($name, $findpath=false) {
1386 if ($this->name
== $name) {
1388 $this->visiblepath
= array($this->visiblename
);
1389 $this->path
= array($this->name
);
1399 * Search string in settings page.
1401 * @param string $query
1404 public function search($query) {
1407 foreach ($this->settings
as $setting) {
1408 if ($setting->is_related($query)) {
1409 $found[] = $setting;
1414 $result = new stdClass();
1415 $result->page
= $this;
1416 $result->settings
= $found;
1417 return array($this->name
=> $result);
1421 if (strpos(strtolower($this->name
), $query) !== false) {
1423 } else if (strpos(core_text
::strtolower($this->visiblename
), $query) !== false) {
1427 $result = new stdClass();
1428 $result->page
= $this;
1429 $result->settings
= array();
1430 return array($this->name
=> $result);
1437 * This function always returns false, required by interface
1439 * @param string $name
1440 * @return bool Always false
1442 public function prune($name) {
1447 * adds an admin_setting to this admin_settingpage
1449 * not the same as add for admin_category. adds an admin_setting to this admin_settingpage. settings appear (on the settingpage) in the order in which they're added
1450 * n.b. each admin_setting in an admin_settingpage must have a unique internal name
1452 * @param object $setting is the admin_setting object you want to add
1453 * @return bool true if successful, false if not
1455 public function add($setting) {
1456 if (!($setting instanceof admin_setting
)) {
1457 debugging('error - not a setting instance');
1461 $name = $setting->name
;
1462 if ($setting->plugin
) {
1463 $name = $setting->plugin
. $name;
1465 $this->settings
->{$name} = $setting;
1470 * see admin_externalpage
1472 * @return bool Returns true for yes false for no
1474 public function check_access() {
1476 $context = empty($this->context
) ? context_system
::instance() : $this->context
;
1477 foreach($this->req_capability
as $cap) {
1478 if (has_capability($cap, $context)) {
1486 * outputs this page as html in a table (suitable for inclusion in an admin pagetype)
1487 * @return string Returns an XHTML string
1489 public function output_html() {
1490 $adminroot = admin_get_root();
1491 $return = '<fieldset>'."\n".'<div class="clearer"><!-- --></div>'."\n";
1492 foreach($this->settings
as $setting) {
1493 $fullname = $setting->get_full_name();
1494 if (array_key_exists($fullname, $adminroot->errors
)) {
1495 $data = $adminroot->errors
[$fullname]->data
;
1497 $data = $setting->get_setting();
1498 // do not use defaults if settings not available - upgrade settings handles the defaults!
1500 $return .= $setting->output_html($data);
1502 $return .= '</fieldset>';
1507 * Is this settings page hidden in admin tree block?
1509 * @return bool True if hidden
1511 public function is_hidden() {
1512 return $this->hidden
;
1516 * Show we display Save button at the page bottom?
1519 public function show_save() {
1520 foreach($this->settings
as $setting) {
1521 if (empty($setting->nosave
)) {
1531 * Admin settings class. Only exists on setting pages.
1532 * Read & write happens at this level; no authentication.
1534 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
1536 abstract class admin_setting
{
1537 /** @var string unique ascii name, either 'mysetting' for settings that in config, or 'myplugin/mysetting' for ones in config_plugins. */
1539 /** @var string localised name */
1540 public $visiblename;
1541 /** @var string localised long description in Markdown format */
1542 public $description;
1543 /** @var mixed Can be string or array of string */
1544 public $defaultsetting;
1546 public $updatedcallback;
1547 /** @var mixed can be String or Null. Null means main config table */
1548 public $plugin; // null means main config table
1549 /** @var bool true indicates this setting does not actually save anything, just information */
1550 public $nosave = false;
1551 /** @var bool if set, indicates that a change to this setting requires rebuild course cache */
1552 public $affectsmodinfo = false;
1553 /** @var array of admin_setting_flag - These are extra checkboxes attached to a setting. */
1554 private $flags = array();
1555 /** @var bool Whether this field must be forced LTR. */
1556 private $forceltr = null;
1560 * @param string $name unique ascii name, either 'mysetting' for settings that in config,
1561 * or 'myplugin/mysetting' for ones in config_plugins.
1562 * @param string $visiblename localised name
1563 * @param string $description localised long description
1564 * @param mixed $defaultsetting string or array depending on implementation
1566 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting) {
1567 $this->parse_setting_name($name);
1568 $this->visiblename
= $visiblename;
1569 $this->description
= $description;
1570 $this->defaultsetting
= $defaultsetting;
1574 * Generic function to add a flag to this admin setting.
1576 * @param bool $enabled - One of self::OPTION_ENABLED or self::OPTION_DISABLED
1577 * @param bool $default - The default for the flag
1578 * @param string $shortname - The shortname for this flag. Used as a suffix for the setting name.
1579 * @param string $displayname - The display name for this flag. Used as a label next to the checkbox.
1581 protected function set_flag_options($enabled, $default, $shortname, $displayname) {
1582 if (empty($this->flags
[$shortname])) {
1583 $this->flags
[$shortname] = new admin_setting_flag($enabled, $default, $shortname, $displayname);
1585 $this->flags
[$shortname]->set_options($enabled, $default);
1590 * Set the enabled options flag on this admin setting.
1592 * @param bool $enabled - One of self::OPTION_ENABLED or self::OPTION_DISABLED
1593 * @param bool $default - The default for the flag
1595 public function set_enabled_flag_options($enabled, $default) {
1596 $this->set_flag_options($enabled, $default, 'enabled', new lang_string('enabled', 'core_admin'));
1600 * Set the advanced options flag on this admin setting.
1602 * @param bool $enabled - One of self::OPTION_ENABLED or self::OPTION_DISABLED
1603 * @param bool $default - The default for the flag
1605 public function set_advanced_flag_options($enabled, $default) {
1606 $this->set_flag_options($enabled, $default, 'adv', new lang_string('advanced'));
1611 * Set the locked options flag on this admin setting.
1613 * @param bool $enabled - One of self::OPTION_ENABLED or self::OPTION_DISABLED
1614 * @param bool $default - The default for the flag
1616 public function set_locked_flag_options($enabled, $default) {
1617 $this->set_flag_options($enabled, $default, 'locked', new lang_string('locked', 'core_admin'));
1621 * Get the currently saved value for a setting flag
1623 * @param admin_setting_flag $flag - One of the admin_setting_flag for this admin_setting.
1626 public function get_setting_flag_value(admin_setting_flag
$flag) {
1627 $value = $this->config_read($this->name
. '_' . $flag->get_shortname());
1628 if (!isset($value)) {
1629 $value = $flag->get_default();
1632 return !empty($value);
1636 * Get the list of defaults for the flags on this setting.
1638 * @param array of strings describing the defaults for this setting. This is appended to by this function.
1640 public function get_setting_flag_defaults(& $defaults) {
1641 foreach ($this->flags
as $flag) {
1642 if ($flag->is_enabled() && $flag->get_default()) {
1643 $defaults[] = $flag->get_displayname();
1649 * Output the input fields for the advanced and locked flags on this setting.
1651 * @param bool $adv - The current value of the advanced flag.
1652 * @param bool $locked - The current value of the locked flag.
1653 * @return string $output - The html for the flags.
1655 public function output_setting_flags() {
1658 foreach ($this->flags
as $flag) {
1659 if ($flag->is_enabled()) {
1660 $output .= $flag->output_setting_flag($this);
1664 if (!empty($output)) {
1665 return html_writer
::tag('span', $output, array('class' => 'adminsettingsflags'));
1671 * Write the values of the flags for this admin setting.
1673 * @param array $data - The data submitted from the form or null to set the default value for new installs.
1674 * @return bool - true if successful.
1676 public function write_setting_flags($data) {
1678 foreach ($this->flags
as $flag) {
1679 $result = $result && $flag->write_setting_flag($this, $data);
1685 * Set up $this->name and potentially $this->plugin
1687 * Set up $this->name and possibly $this->plugin based on whether $name looks
1688 * like 'settingname' or 'plugin/settingname'. Also, do some sanity checking
1689 * on the names, that is, output a developer debug warning if the name
1690 * contains anything other than [a-zA-Z0-9_]+.
1692 * @param string $name the setting name passed in to the constructor.
1694 private function parse_setting_name($name) {
1695 $bits = explode('/', $name);
1696 if (count($bits) > 2) {
1697 throw new moodle_exception('invalidadminsettingname', '', '', $name);
1699 $this->name
= array_pop($bits);
1700 if (!preg_match('/^[a-zA-Z0-9_]+$/', $this->name
)) {
1701 throw new moodle_exception('invalidadminsettingname', '', '', $name);
1703 if (!empty($bits)) {
1704 $this->plugin
= array_pop($bits);
1705 if ($this->plugin
=== 'moodle') {
1706 $this->plugin
= null;
1707 } else if (!preg_match('/^[a-zA-Z0-9_]+$/', $this->plugin
)) {
1708 throw new moodle_exception('invalidadminsettingname', '', '', $name);
1714 * Returns the fullname prefixed by the plugin
1717 public function get_full_name() {
1718 return 's_'.$this->plugin
.'_'.$this->name
;
1722 * Returns the ID string based on plugin and name
1725 public function get_id() {
1726 return 'id_s_'.$this->plugin
.'_'.$this->name
;
1730 * @param bool $affectsmodinfo If true, changes to this setting will
1731 * cause the course cache to be rebuilt
1733 public function set_affects_modinfo($affectsmodinfo) {
1734 $this->affectsmodinfo
= $affectsmodinfo;
1738 * Returns the config if possible
1740 * @return mixed returns config if successful else null
1742 public function config_read($name) {
1744 if (!empty($this->plugin
)) {
1745 $value = get_config($this->plugin
, $name);
1746 return $value === false ?
NULL : $value;
1749 if (isset($CFG->$name)) {
1758 * Used to set a config pair and log change
1760 * @param string $name
1761 * @param mixed $value Gets converted to string if not null
1762 * @return bool Write setting to config table
1764 public function config_write($name, $value) {
1765 global $DB, $USER, $CFG;
1767 if ($this->nosave
) {
1771 // make sure it is a real change
1772 $oldvalue = get_config($this->plugin
, $name);
1773 $oldvalue = ($oldvalue === false) ?
null : $oldvalue; // normalise
1774 $value = is_null($value) ?
null : (string)$value;
1776 if ($oldvalue === $value) {
1781 set_config($name, $value, $this->plugin
);
1783 // Some admin settings affect course modinfo
1784 if ($this->affectsmodinfo
) {
1785 // Clear course cache for all courses
1786 rebuild_course_cache(0, true);
1789 $this->add_to_config_log($name, $oldvalue, $value);
1791 return true; // BC only
1795 * Log config changes if necessary.
1796 * @param string $name
1797 * @param string $oldvalue
1798 * @param string $value
1800 protected function add_to_config_log($name, $oldvalue, $value) {
1801 add_to_config_log($name, $oldvalue, $value, $this->plugin
);
1805 * Returns current value of this setting
1806 * @return mixed array or string depending on instance, NULL means not set yet
1808 public abstract function get_setting();
1811 * Returns default setting if exists
1812 * @return mixed array or string depending on instance; NULL means no default, user must supply
1814 public function get_defaultsetting() {
1815 $adminroot = admin_get_root(false, false);
1816 if (!empty($adminroot->custom_defaults
)) {
1817 $plugin = is_null($this->plugin
) ?
'moodle' : $this->plugin
;
1818 if (isset($adminroot->custom_defaults
[$plugin])) {
1819 if (array_key_exists($this->name
, $adminroot->custom_defaults
[$plugin])) { // null is valid value here ;-)
1820 return $adminroot->custom_defaults
[$plugin][$this->name
];
1824 return $this->defaultsetting
;
1830 * @param mixed $data string or array, must not be NULL
1831 * @return string empty string if ok, string error message otherwise
1833 public abstract function write_setting($data);
1836 * Return part of form with setting
1837 * This function should always be overwritten
1839 * @param mixed $data array or string depending on setting
1840 * @param string $query
1843 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
1844 // should be overridden
1849 * Function called if setting updated - cleanup, cache reset, etc.
1850 * @param string $functionname Sets the function name
1853 public function set_updatedcallback($functionname) {
1854 $this->updatedcallback
= $functionname;
1858 * Execute postupdatecallback if necessary.
1859 * @param mixed $original original value before write_setting()
1860 * @return bool true if changed, false if not.
1862 public function post_write_settings($original) {
1863 // Comparison must work for arrays too.
1864 if (serialize($original) === serialize($this->get_setting())) {
1868 $callbackfunction = $this->updatedcallback
;
1869 if (!empty($callbackfunction) and is_callable($callbackfunction)) {
1870 $callbackfunction($this->get_full_name());
1876 * Is setting related to query text - used when searching
1877 * @param string $query
1880 public function is_related($query) {
1881 if (strpos(strtolower($this->name
), $query) !== false) {
1884 if (strpos(core_text
::strtolower($this->visiblename
), $query) !== false) {
1887 if (strpos(core_text
::strtolower($this->description
), $query) !== false) {
1890 $current = $this->get_setting();
1891 if (!is_null($current)) {
1892 if (is_string($current)) {
1893 if (strpos(core_text
::strtolower($current), $query) !== false) {
1898 $default = $this->get_defaultsetting();
1899 if (!is_null($default)) {
1900 if (is_string($default)) {
1901 if (strpos(core_text
::strtolower($default), $query) !== false) {
1910 * Get whether this should be displayed in LTR mode.
1914 public function get_force_ltr() {
1915 return $this->forceltr
;
1919 * Set whether to force LTR or not.
1921 * @param bool $value True when forced, false when not force, null when unknown.
1923 public function set_force_ltr($value) {
1924 $this->forceltr
= $value;
1929 * An additional option that can be applied to an admin setting.
1930 * The currently supported options are 'ADVANCED' and 'LOCKED'.
1932 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
1934 class admin_setting_flag
{
1935 /** @var bool Flag to indicate if this option can be toggled for this setting */
1936 private $enabled = false;
1937 /** @var bool Flag to indicate if this option defaults to true or false */
1938 private $default = false;
1939 /** @var string Short string used to create setting name - e.g. 'adv' */
1940 private $shortname = '';
1941 /** @var string String used as the label for this flag */
1942 private $displayname = '';
1943 /** @const Checkbox for this flag is displayed in admin page */
1944 const ENABLED
= true;
1945 /** @const Checkbox for this flag is not displayed in admin page */
1946 const DISABLED
= false;
1951 * @param bool $enabled Can this option can be toggled.
1952 * Should be one of admin_setting_flag::ENABLED or admin_setting_flag::DISABLED.
1953 * @param bool $default The default checked state for this setting option.
1954 * @param string $shortname The shortname of this flag. Currently supported flags are 'locked' and 'adv'
1955 * @param string $displayname The displayname of this flag. Used as a label for the flag.
1957 public function __construct($enabled, $default, $shortname, $displayname) {
1958 $this->shortname
= $shortname;
1959 $this->displayname
= $displayname;
1960 $this->set_options($enabled, $default);
1964 * Update the values of this setting options class
1966 * @param bool $enabled Can this option can be toggled.
1967 * Should be one of admin_setting_flag::ENABLED or admin_setting_flag::DISABLED.
1968 * @param bool $default The default checked state for this setting option.
1970 public function set_options($enabled, $default) {
1971 $this->enabled
= $enabled;
1972 $this->default = $default;
1976 * Should this option appear in the interface and be toggleable?
1978 * @return bool Is it enabled?
1980 public function is_enabled() {
1981 return $this->enabled
;
1985 * Should this option be checked by default?
1987 * @return bool Is it on by default?
1989 public function get_default() {
1990 return $this->default;
1994 * Return the short name for this flag. e.g. 'adv' or 'locked'
1998 public function get_shortname() {
1999 return $this->shortname
;
2003 * Return the display name for this flag. e.g. 'Advanced' or 'Locked'
2007 public function get_displayname() {
2008 return $this->displayname
;
2012 * Save the submitted data for this flag - or set it to the default if $data is null.
2014 * @param admin_setting $setting - The admin setting for this flag
2015 * @param array $data - The data submitted from the form or null to set the default value for new installs.
2018 public function write_setting_flag(admin_setting
$setting, $data) {
2020 if ($this->is_enabled()) {
2021 if (!isset($data)) {
2022 $value = $this->get_default();
2024 $value = !empty($data[$setting->get_full_name() . '_' . $this->get_shortname()]);
2026 $result = $setting->config_write($setting->name
. '_' . $this->get_shortname(), $value);
2034 * Output the checkbox for this setting flag. Should only be called if the flag is enabled.
2036 * @param admin_setting $setting - The admin setting for this flag
2037 * @return string - The html for the checkbox.
2039 public function output_setting_flag(admin_setting
$setting) {
2042 $value = $setting->get_setting_flag_value($this);
2044 $context = new stdClass();
2045 $context->id
= $setting->get_id() . '_' . $this->get_shortname();
2046 $context->name
= $setting->get_full_name() . '_' . $this->get_shortname();
2047 $context->value
= 1;
2048 $context->checked
= $value ?
true : false;
2049 $context->label
= $this->get_displayname();
2051 return $OUTPUT->render_from_template('core_admin/setting_flag', $context);
2057 * No setting - just heading and text.
2059 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
2061 class admin_setting_heading
extends admin_setting
{
2064 * not a setting, just text
2065 * @param string $name unique ascii name, either 'mysetting' for settings that in config, or 'myplugin/mysetting' for ones in config_plugins.
2066 * @param string $heading heading
2067 * @param string $information text in box
2069 public function __construct($name, $heading, $information) {
2070 $this->nosave
= true;
2071 parent
::__construct($name, $heading, $information, '');
2075 * Always returns true
2076 * @return bool Always returns true
2078 public function get_setting() {
2083 * Always returns true
2084 * @return bool Always returns true
2086 public function get_defaultsetting() {
2091 * Never write settings
2092 * @return string Always returns an empty string
2094 public function write_setting($data) {
2095 // do not write any setting
2100 * Returns an HTML string
2101 * @return string Returns an HTML string
2103 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
2105 $context = new stdClass();
2106 $context->title
= $this->visiblename
;
2107 $context->description
= $this->description
;
2108 $context->descriptionformatted
= highlight($query, markdown_to_html($this->description
));
2109 return $OUTPUT->render_from_template('core_admin/setting_heading', $context);
2115 * The most flexible setting, the user enters text.
2117 * This type of field should be used for config settings which are using
2118 * English words and are not localised (passwords, database name, list of values, ...).
2120 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
2122 class admin_setting_configtext
extends admin_setting
{
2124 /** @var mixed int means PARAM_XXX type, string is a allowed format in regex */
2126 /** @var int default field size */
2130 * Config text constructor
2132 * @param string $name unique ascii name, either 'mysetting' for settings that in config, or 'myplugin/mysetting' for ones in config_plugins.
2133 * @param string $visiblename localised
2134 * @param string $description long localised info
2135 * @param string $defaultsetting
2136 * @param mixed $paramtype int means PARAM_XXX type, string is a allowed format in regex
2137 * @param int $size default field size
2139 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $paramtype=PARAM_RAW
, $size=null) {
2140 $this->paramtype
= $paramtype;
2141 if (!is_null($size)) {
2142 $this->size
= $size;
2144 $this->size
= ($paramtype === PARAM_INT
) ?
5 : 30;
2146 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting);
2150 * Get whether this should be displayed in LTR mode.
2152 * Try to guess from the PARAM type unless specifically set.
2154 public function get_force_ltr() {
2155 $forceltr = parent
::get_force_ltr();
2156 if ($forceltr === null) {
2157 return !is_rtl_compatible($this->paramtype
);
2163 * Return the setting
2165 * @return mixed returns config if successful else null
2167 public function get_setting() {
2168 return $this->config_read($this->name
);
2171 public function write_setting($data) {
2172 if ($this->paramtype
=== PARAM_INT
and $data === '') {
2173 // do not complain if '' used instead of 0
2176 // $data is a string
2177 $validated = $this->validate($data);
2178 if ($validated !== true) {
2181 return ($this->config_write($this->name
, $data) ?
'' : get_string('errorsetting', 'admin'));
2185 * Validate data before storage
2186 * @param string data
2187 * @return mixed true if ok string if error found
2189 public function validate($data) {
2190 // allow paramtype to be a custom regex if it is the form of /pattern/
2191 if (preg_match('#^/.*/$#', $this->paramtype
)) {
2192 if (preg_match($this->paramtype
, $data)) {
2195 return get_string('validateerror', 'admin');
2198 } else if ($this->paramtype
=== PARAM_RAW
) {
2202 $cleaned = clean_param($data, $this->paramtype
);
2203 if ("$data" === "$cleaned") { // implicit conversion to string is needed to do exact comparison
2206 return get_string('validateerror', 'admin');
2212 * Return an XHTML string for the setting
2213 * @return string Returns an XHTML string
2215 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
2218 $default = $this->get_defaultsetting();
2219 $context = (object) [
2220 'size' => $this->size
,
2221 'id' => $this->get_id(),
2222 'name' => $this->get_full_name(),
2224 'forceltr' => $this->get_force_ltr(),
2226 $element = $OUTPUT->render_from_template('core_admin/setting_configtext', $context);
2228 return format_admin_setting($this, $this->visiblename
, $element, $this->description
, true, '', $default, $query);
2233 * Text input with a maximum length constraint.
2235 * @copyright 2015 onwards Ankit Agarwal
2236 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
2238 class admin_setting_configtext_with_maxlength
extends admin_setting_configtext
{
2240 /** @var int maximum number of chars allowed. */
2241 protected $maxlength;
2244 * Config text constructor
2246 * @param string $name unique ascii name, either 'mysetting' for settings that in config,
2247 * or 'myplugin/mysetting' for ones in config_plugins.
2248 * @param string $visiblename localised
2249 * @param string $description long localised info
2250 * @param string $defaultsetting
2251 * @param mixed $paramtype int means PARAM_XXX type, string is a allowed format in regex
2252 * @param int $size default field size
2253 * @param mixed $maxlength int maxlength allowed, 0 for infinite.
2255 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $paramtype=PARAM_RAW
,
2256 $size=null, $maxlength = 0) {
2257 $this->maxlength
= $maxlength;
2258 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $paramtype, $size);
2262 * Validate data before storage
2264 * @param string $data data
2265 * @return mixed true if ok string if error found
2267 public function validate($data) {
2268 $parentvalidation = parent
::validate($data);
2269 if ($parentvalidation === true) {
2270 if ($this->maxlength
> 0) {
2271 // Max length check.
2272 $length = core_text
::strlen($data);
2273 if ($length > $this->maxlength
) {
2274 return get_string('maximumchars', 'moodle', $this->maxlength
);
2278 return true; // No max length check needed.
2281 return $parentvalidation;
2287 * General text area without html editor.
2289 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
2291 class admin_setting_configtextarea
extends admin_setting_configtext
{
2296 * @param string $name
2297 * @param string $visiblename
2298 * @param string $description
2299 * @param mixed $defaultsetting string or array
2300 * @param mixed $paramtype
2301 * @param string $cols The number of columns to make the editor
2302 * @param string $rows The number of rows to make the editor
2304 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $paramtype=PARAM_RAW
, $cols='60', $rows='8') {
2305 $this->rows
= $rows;
2306 $this->cols
= $cols;
2307 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $paramtype);
2311 * Returns an XHTML string for the editor
2313 * @param string $data
2314 * @param string $query
2315 * @return string XHTML string for the editor
2317 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
2320 $default = $this->get_defaultsetting();
2321 $defaultinfo = $default;
2322 if (!is_null($default) and $default !== '') {
2323 $defaultinfo = "\n".$default;
2326 $context = (object) [
2327 'cols' => $this->cols
,
2328 'rows' => $this->rows
,
2329 'id' => $this->get_id(),
2330 'name' => $this->get_full_name(),
2332 'forceltr' => $this->get_force_ltr(),
2334 $element = $OUTPUT->render_from_template('core_admin/setting_configtextarea', $context);
2336 return format_admin_setting($this, $this->visiblename
, $element, $this->description
, true, '', $defaultinfo, $query);
2341 * General text area with html editor.
2343 class admin_setting_confightmleditor
extends admin_setting_configtextarea
{
2346 * @param string $name
2347 * @param string $visiblename
2348 * @param string $description
2349 * @param mixed $defaultsetting string or array
2350 * @param mixed $paramtype
2352 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $paramtype=PARAM_RAW
, $cols='60', $rows='8') {
2353 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $paramtype, $cols, $rows);
2354 $this->set_force_ltr(false);
2355 editors_head_setup();
2359 * Returns an XHTML string for the editor
2361 * @param string $data
2362 * @param string $query
2363 * @return string XHTML string for the editor
2365 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
2366 $editor = editors_get_preferred_editor(FORMAT_HTML
);
2367 $editor->set_text($data);
2368 $editor->use_editor($this->get_id(), array('noclean'=>true));
2369 return parent
::output_html($data, $query);
2375 * Password field, allows unmasking of password
2377 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
2379 class admin_setting_configpasswordunmask
extends admin_setting_configtext
{
2383 * @param string $name unique ascii name, either 'mysetting' for settings that in config, or 'myplugin/mysetting' for ones in config_plugins.
2384 * @param string $visiblename localised
2385 * @param string $description long localised info
2386 * @param string $defaultsetting default password
2388 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting) {
2389 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, PARAM_RAW
, 30);
2393 * Log config changes if necessary.
2394 * @param string $name
2395 * @param string $oldvalue
2396 * @param string $value
2398 protected function add_to_config_log($name, $oldvalue, $value) {
2399 if ($value !== '') {
2400 $value = '********';
2402 if ($oldvalue !== '' and $oldvalue !== null) {
2403 $oldvalue = '********';
2405 parent
::add_to_config_log($name, $oldvalue, $value);
2409 * Returns HTML for the field.
2411 * @param string $data Value for the field
2412 * @param string $query Passed as final argument for format_admin_setting
2413 * @return string Rendered HTML
2415 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
2417 $context = (object) [
2418 'id' => $this->get_id(),
2419 'name' => $this->get_full_name(),
2420 'size' => $this->size
,
2422 'forceltr' => $this->get_force_ltr(),
2424 $element = $OUTPUT->render_from_template('core_admin/setting_configpasswordunmask', $context);
2425 return format_admin_setting($this, $this->visiblename
, $element, $this->description
, true, '', null, $query);
2431 * Empty setting used to allow flags (advanced) on settings that can have no sensible default.
2432 * Note: Only advanced makes sense right now - locked does not.
2434 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
2436 class admin_setting_configempty
extends admin_setting_configtext
{
2439 * @param string $name
2440 * @param string $visiblename
2441 * @param string $description
2443 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description) {
2444 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, '', PARAM_RAW
);
2448 * Returns an XHTML string for the hidden field
2450 * @param string $data
2451 * @param string $query
2452 * @return string XHTML string for the editor
2454 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
2457 $context = (object) [
2458 'id' => $this->get_id(),
2459 'name' => $this->get_full_name()
2461 $element = $OUTPUT->render_from_template('core_admin/setting_configempty', $context);
2463 return format_admin_setting($this, $this->visiblename
, $element, $this->description
, true, '', get_string('none'), $query);
2471 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
2473 class admin_setting_configfile
extends admin_setting_configtext
{
2476 * @param string $name unique ascii name, either 'mysetting' for settings that in config, or 'myplugin/mysetting' for ones in config_plugins.
2477 * @param string $visiblename localised
2478 * @param string $description long localised info
2479 * @param string $defaultdirectory default directory location
2481 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultdirectory) {
2482 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultdirectory, PARAM_RAW
, 50);
2486 * Returns XHTML for the field
2488 * Returns XHTML for the field and also checks whether the file
2489 * specified in $data exists using file_exists()
2491 * @param string $data File name and path to use in value attr
2492 * @param string $query
2493 * @return string XHTML field
2495 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
2496 global $CFG, $OUTPUT;
2498 $default = $this->get_defaultsetting();
2499 $context = (object) [
2500 'id' => $this->get_id(),
2501 'name' => $this->get_full_name(),
2502 'size' => $this->size
,
2504 'showvalidity' => !empty($data),
2505 'valid' => $data && file_exists($data),
2506 'readonly' => !empty($CFG->preventexecpath
),
2507 'forceltr' => $this->get_force_ltr(),
2510 if ($context->readonly
) {
2511 $this->visiblename
.= '<div class="form-overridden">'.get_string('execpathnotallowed', 'admin').'</div>';
2514 $element = $OUTPUT->render_from_template('core_admin/setting_configfile', $context);
2516 return format_admin_setting($this, $this->visiblename
, $element, $this->description
, true, '', $default, $query);
2520 * Checks if execpatch has been disabled in config.php
2522 public function write_setting($data) {
2524 if (!empty($CFG->preventexecpath
)) {
2525 if ($this->get_setting() === null) {
2526 // Use default during installation.
2527 $data = $this->get_defaultsetting();
2528 if ($data === null) {
2535 return parent
::write_setting($data);
2542 * Path to executable file
2544 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
2546 class admin_setting_configexecutable
extends admin_setting_configfile
{
2549 * Returns an XHTML field
2551 * @param string $data This is the value for the field
2552 * @param string $query
2553 * @return string XHTML field
2555 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
2556 global $CFG, $OUTPUT;
2557 $default = $this->get_defaultsetting();
2558 require_once("$CFG->libdir/filelib.php");
2560 $context = (object) [
2561 'id' => $this->get_id(),
2562 'name' => $this->get_full_name(),
2563 'size' => $this->size
,
2565 'showvalidity' => !empty($data),
2566 'valid' => $data && file_exists($data) && !is_dir($data) && file_is_executable($data),
2567 'readonly' => !empty($CFG->preventexecpath
),
2568 'forceltr' => $this->get_force_ltr()
2571 if (!empty($CFG->preventexecpath
)) {
2572 $this->visiblename
.= '<div class="form-overridden">'.get_string('execpathnotallowed', 'admin').'</div>';
2575 $element = $OUTPUT->render_from_template('core_admin/setting_configexecutable', $context);
2577 return format_admin_setting($this, $this->visiblename
, $element, $this->description
, true, '', $default, $query);
2585 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
2587 class admin_setting_configdirectory
extends admin_setting_configfile
{
2590 * Returns an XHTML field
2592 * @param string $data This is the value for the field
2593 * @param string $query
2594 * @return string XHTML
2596 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
2597 global $CFG, $OUTPUT;
2598 $default = $this->get_defaultsetting();
2600 $context = (object) [
2601 'id' => $this->get_id(),
2602 'name' => $this->get_full_name(),
2603 'size' => $this->size
,
2605 'showvalidity' => !empty($data),
2606 'valid' => $data && file_exists($data) && is_dir($data),
2607 'readonly' => !empty($CFG->preventexecpath
),
2608 'forceltr' => $this->get_force_ltr()
2611 if (!empty($CFG->preventexecpath
)) {
2612 $this->visiblename
.= '<div class="form-overridden">'.get_string('execpathnotallowed', 'admin').'</div>';
2615 $element = $OUTPUT->render_from_template('core_admin/setting_configdirectory', $context);
2617 return format_admin_setting($this, $this->visiblename
, $element, $this->description
, true, '', $default, $query);
2625 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
2627 class admin_setting_configcheckbox
extends admin_setting
{
2628 /** @var string Value used when checked */
2630 /** @var string Value used when not checked */
2635 * @param string $name unique ascii name, either 'mysetting' for settings that in config, or 'myplugin/mysetting' for ones in config_plugins.
2636 * @param string $visiblename localised
2637 * @param string $description long localised info
2638 * @param string $defaultsetting
2639 * @param string $yes value used when checked
2640 * @param string $no value used when not checked
2642 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $yes='1', $no='0') {
2643 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting);
2644 $this->yes
= (string)$yes;
2645 $this->no
= (string)$no;
2649 * Retrieves the current setting using the objects name
2653 public function get_setting() {
2654 return $this->config_read($this->name
);
2658 * Sets the value for the setting
2660 * Sets the value for the setting to either the yes or no values
2661 * of the object by comparing $data to yes
2663 * @param mixed $data Gets converted to str for comparison against yes value
2664 * @return string empty string or error
2666 public function write_setting($data) {
2667 if ((string)$data === $this->yes
) { // convert to strings before comparison
2672 return ($this->config_write($this->name
, $data) ?
'' : get_string('errorsetting', 'admin'));
2676 * Returns an XHTML checkbox field
2678 * @param string $data If $data matches yes then checkbox is checked
2679 * @param string $query
2680 * @return string XHTML field
2682 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
2685 $context = (object) [
2686 'id' => $this->get_id(),
2687 'name' => $this->get_full_name(),
2689 'value' => $this->yes
,
2690 'checked' => (string) $data === $this->yes
,
2693 $default = $this->get_defaultsetting();
2694 if (!is_null($default)) {
2695 if ((string)$default === $this->yes
) {
2696 $defaultinfo = get_string('checkboxyes', 'admin');
2698 $defaultinfo = get_string('checkboxno', 'admin');
2701 $defaultinfo = NULL;
2704 $element = $OUTPUT->render_from_template('core_admin/setting_configcheckbox', $context);
2706 return format_admin_setting($this, $this->visiblename
, $element, $this->description
, true, '', $defaultinfo, $query);
2712 * Multiple checkboxes, each represents different value, stored in csv format
2714 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
2716 class admin_setting_configmulticheckbox
extends admin_setting
{
2717 /** @var array Array of choices value=>label */
2721 * Constructor: uses parent::__construct
2723 * @param string $name unique ascii name, either 'mysetting' for settings that in config, or 'myplugin/mysetting' for ones in config_plugins.
2724 * @param string $visiblename localised
2725 * @param string $description long localised info
2726 * @param array $defaultsetting array of selected
2727 * @param array $choices array of $value=>$label for each checkbox
2729 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $choices) {
2730 $this->choices
= $choices;
2731 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting);
2735 * This public function may be used in ancestors for lazy loading of choices
2737 * @todo Check if this function is still required content commented out only returns true
2738 * @return bool true if loaded, false if error
2740 public function load_choices() {
2742 if (is_array($this->choices)) {
2745 .... load choices here
2751 * Is setting related to query text - used when searching
2753 * @param string $query
2754 * @return bool true on related, false on not or failure
2756 public function is_related($query) {
2757 if (!$this->load_choices() or empty($this->choices
)) {
2760 if (parent
::is_related($query)) {
2764 foreach ($this->choices
as $desc) {
2765 if (strpos(core_text
::strtolower($desc), $query) !== false) {
2773 * Returns the current setting if it is set
2775 * @return mixed null if null, else an array
2777 public function get_setting() {
2778 $result = $this->config_read($this->name
);
2780 if (is_null($result)) {
2783 if ($result === '') {
2786 $enabled = explode(',', $result);
2788 foreach ($enabled as $option) {
2789 $setting[$option] = 1;
2795 * Saves the setting(s) provided in $data
2797 * @param array $data An array of data, if not array returns empty str
2798 * @return mixed empty string on useless data or bool true=success, false=failed
2800 public function write_setting($data) {
2801 if (!is_array($data)) {
2802 return ''; // ignore it
2804 if (!$this->load_choices() or empty($this->choices
)) {
2807 unset($data['xxxxx']);
2809 foreach ($data as $key => $value) {
2810 if ($value and array_key_exists($key, $this->choices
)) {
2814 return $this->config_write($this->name
, implode(',', $result)) ?
'' : get_string('errorsetting', 'admin');
2818 * Returns XHTML field(s) as required by choices
2820 * Relies on data being an array should data ever be another valid vartype with
2821 * acceptable value this may cause a warning/error
2822 * if (!is_array($data)) would fix the problem
2824 * @todo Add vartype handling to ensure $data is an array
2826 * @param array $data An array of checked values
2827 * @param string $query
2828 * @return string XHTML field
2830 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
2833 if (!$this->load_choices() or empty($this->choices
)) {
2837 $default = $this->get_defaultsetting();
2838 if (is_null($default)) {
2841 if (is_null($data)) {
2845 $context = (object) [
2846 'id' => $this->get_id(),
2847 'name' => $this->get_full_name(),
2851 $defaults = array();
2852 foreach ($this->choices
as $key => $description) {
2853 if (!empty($default[$key])) {
2854 $defaults[] = $description;
2859 'checked' => !empty($data[$key]),
2860 'label' => highlightfast($query, $description)
2864 if (is_null($default)) {
2865 $defaultinfo = null;
2866 } else if (!empty($defaults)) {
2867 $defaultinfo = implode(', ', $defaults);
2869 $defaultinfo = get_string('none');
2872 $context->options
= $options;
2873 $context->hasoptions
= !empty($options);
2875 $element = $OUTPUT->render_from_template('core_admin/setting_configmulticheckbox', $context);
2877 return format_admin_setting($this, $this->visiblename
, $element, $this->description
, false, '', $defaultinfo, $query);
2884 * Multiple checkboxes 2, value stored as string 00101011
2886 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
2888 class admin_setting_configmulticheckbox2
extends admin_setting_configmulticheckbox
{
2891 * Returns the setting if set
2893 * @return mixed null if not set, else an array of set settings
2895 public function get_setting() {
2896 $result = $this->config_read($this->name
);
2897 if (is_null($result)) {
2900 if (!$this->load_choices()) {
2903 $result = str_pad($result, count($this->choices
), '0');
2904 $result = preg_split('//', $result, -1, PREG_SPLIT_NO_EMPTY
);
2906 foreach ($this->choices
as $key=>$unused) {
2907 $value = array_shift($result);
2916 * Save setting(s) provided in $data param
2918 * @param array $data An array of settings to save
2919 * @return mixed empty string for bad data or bool true=>success, false=>error
2921 public function write_setting($data) {
2922 if (!is_array($data)) {
2923 return ''; // ignore it
2925 if (!$this->load_choices() or empty($this->choices
)) {
2929 foreach ($this->choices
as $key=>$unused) {
2930 if (!empty($data[$key])) {
2936 return $this->config_write($this->name
, $result) ?
'' : get_string('errorsetting', 'admin');
2942 * Select one value from list
2944 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
2946 class admin_setting_configselect
extends admin_setting
{
2947 /** @var array Array of choices value=>label */
2949 /** @var array Array of choices grouped using optgroups */
2954 * @param string $name unique ascii name, either 'mysetting' for settings that in config, or 'myplugin/mysetting' for ones in config_plugins.
2955 * @param string $visiblename localised
2956 * @param string $description long localised info
2957 * @param string|int $defaultsetting
2958 * @param array $choices array of $value=>$label for each selection
2960 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $choices) {
2961 // Look for optgroup and single options.
2962 if (is_array($choices)) {
2963 $this->choices
= [];
2964 foreach ($choices as $key => $val) {
2965 if (is_array($val)) {
2966 $this->optgroups
[$key] = $val;
2967 $this->choices
= array_merge($this->choices
, $val);
2969 $this->choices
[$key] = $val;
2974 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting);
2978 * This function may be used in ancestors for lazy loading of choices
2980 * Override this method if loading of choices is expensive, such
2981 * as when it requires multiple db requests.
2983 * @return bool true if loaded, false if error
2985 public function load_choices() {
2987 if (is_array($this->choices)) {
2990 .... load choices here
2996 * Check if this is $query is related to a choice
2998 * @param string $query
2999 * @return bool true if related, false if not
3001 public function is_related($query) {
3002 if (parent
::is_related($query)) {
3005 if (!$this->load_choices()) {
3008 foreach ($this->choices
as $key=>$value) {
3009 if (strpos(core_text
::strtolower($key), $query) !== false) {
3012 if (strpos(core_text
::strtolower($value), $query) !== false) {
3020 * Return the setting
3022 * @return mixed returns config if successful else null
3024 public function get_setting() {
3025 return $this->config_read($this->name
);
3031 * @param string $data
3032 * @return string empty of error string
3034 public function write_setting($data) {
3035 if (!$this->load_choices() or empty($this->choices
)) {
3038 if (!array_key_exists($data, $this->choices
)) {
3039 return ''; // ignore it
3042 return ($this->config_write($this->name
, $data) ?
'' : get_string('errorsetting', 'admin'));
3046 * Returns XHTML select field
3048 * Ensure the options are loaded, and generate the XHTML for the select
3049 * element and any warning message. Separating this out from output_html
3050 * makes it easier to subclass this class.
3052 * @param string $data the option to show as selected.
3053 * @param string $current the currently selected option in the database, null if none.
3054 * @param string $default the default selected option.
3055 * @return array the HTML for the select element, and a warning message.
3056 * @deprecated since Moodle 3.2
3058 public function output_select_html($data, $current, $default, $extraname = '') {
3059 debugging('The method admin_setting_configselect::output_select_html is depreacted, do not use any more.', DEBUG_DEVELOPER
);
3063 * Returns XHTML select field and wrapping div(s)
3065 * @see output_select_html()
3067 * @param string $data the option to show as selected
3068 * @param string $query
3069 * @return string XHTML field and wrapping div
3071 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
3074 $default = $this->get_defaultsetting();
3075 $current = $this->get_setting();
3077 if (!$this->load_choices() ||
empty($this->choices
)) {
3081 $context = (object) [
3082 'id' => $this->get_id(),
3083 'name' => $this->get_full_name(),
3086 if (!is_null($default) && array_key_exists($default, $this->choices
)) {
3087 $defaultinfo = $this->choices
[$default];
3089 $defaultinfo = NULL;
3094 if ($current === null) {
3096 } else if (empty($current) && (array_key_exists('', $this->choices
) ||
array_key_exists(0, $this->choices
))) {
3098 } else if (!array_key_exists($current, $this->choices
)) {
3099 $warning = get_string('warningcurrentsetting', 'admin', $current);
3100 if (!is_null($default) && $data == $current) {
3101 $data = $default; // Use default instead of first value when showing the form.
3106 $template = 'core_admin/setting_configselect';
3108 if (!empty($this->optgroups
)) {
3110 foreach ($this->optgroups
as $label => $choices) {
3111 $optgroup = array('label' => $label, 'options' => []);
3112 foreach ($choices as $value => $name) {
3113 $optgroup['options'][] = [
3116 'selected' => (string) $value == $data
3118 unset($this->choices
[$value]);
3120 $optgroups[] = $optgroup;
3122 $context->options
= $options;
3123 $context->optgroups
= $optgroups;
3124 $template = 'core_admin/setting_configselect_optgroup';
3127 foreach ($this->choices
as $value => $name) {
3131 'selected' => (string) $value == $data
3134 $context->options
= $options;
3136 $element = $OUTPUT->render_from_template($template, $context);
3138 return format_admin_setting($this, $this->visiblename
, $element, $this->description
, true, $warning, $defaultinfo, $query);
3144 * Select multiple items from list
3146 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
3148 class admin_setting_configmultiselect
extends admin_setting_configselect
{
3151 * @param string $name unique ascii name, either 'mysetting' for settings that in config, or 'myplugin/mysetting' for ones in config_plugins.
3152 * @param string $visiblename localised
3153 * @param string $description long localised info
3154 * @param array $defaultsetting array of selected items
3155 * @param array $choices array of $value=>$label for each list item
3157 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $choices) {
3158 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $choices);
3162 * Returns the select setting(s)
3164 * @return mixed null or array. Null if no settings else array of setting(s)
3166 public function get_setting() {
3167 $result = $this->config_read($this->name
);
3168 if (is_null($result)) {
3171 if ($result === '') {
3174 return explode(',', $result);
3178 * Saves setting(s) provided through $data
3180 * Potential bug in the works should anyone call with this function
3181 * using a vartype that is not an array
3183 * @param array $data
3185 public function write_setting($data) {
3186 if (!is_array($data)) {
3187 return ''; //ignore it
3189 if (!$this->load_choices() or empty($this->choices
)) {
3193 unset($data['xxxxx']);
3196 foreach ($data as $value) {
3197 if (!array_key_exists($value, $this->choices
)) {
3198 continue; // ignore it
3203 return ($this->config_write($this->name
, implode(',', $save)) ?
'' : get_string('errorsetting', 'admin'));
3207 * Is setting related to query text - used when searching
3209 * @param string $query
3210 * @return bool true if related, false if not
3212 public function is_related($query) {
3213 if (!$this->load_choices() or empty($this->choices
)) {
3216 if (parent
::is_related($query)) {
3220 foreach ($this->choices
as $desc) {
3221 if (strpos(core_text
::strtolower($desc), $query) !== false) {
3229 * Returns XHTML multi-select field
3231 * @todo Add vartype handling to ensure $data is an array
3232 * @param array $data Array of values to select by default
3233 * @param string $query
3234 * @return string XHTML multi-select field
3236 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
3239 if (!$this->load_choices() or empty($this->choices
)) {
3243 $default = $this->get_defaultsetting();
3244 if (is_null($default)) {
3247 if (is_null($data)) {
3251 $context = (object) [
3252 'id' => $this->get_id(),
3253 'name' => $this->get_full_name(),
3254 'size' => min(10, count($this->choices
))
3259 $template = 'core_admin/setting_configmultiselect';
3261 if (!empty($this->optgroups
)) {
3263 foreach ($this->optgroups
as $label => $choices) {
3264 $optgroup = array('label' => $label, 'options' => []);
3265 foreach ($choices as $value => $name) {
3266 if (in_array($value, $default)) {
3267 $defaults[] = $name;
3269 $optgroup['options'][] = [
3272 'selected' => in_array($value, $data)
3274 unset($this->choices
[$value]);
3276 $optgroups[] = $optgroup;
3278 $context->optgroups
= $optgroups;
3279 $template = 'core_admin/setting_configmultiselect_optgroup';
3282 foreach ($this->choices
as $value => $name) {
3283 if (in_array($value, $default)) {
3284 $defaults[] = $name;
3289 'selected' => in_array($value, $data)
3292 $context->options
= $options;
3294 if (is_null($default)) {
3295 $defaultinfo = NULL;
3296 } if (!empty($defaults)) {
3297 $defaultinfo = implode(', ', $defaults);
3299 $defaultinfo = get_string('none');
3302 $element = $OUTPUT->render_from_template($template, $context);
3304 return format_admin_setting($this, $this->visiblename
, $element, $this->description
, true, '', $defaultinfo, $query);
3311 * This is a liiitle bit messy. we're using two selects, but we're returning
3312 * them as an array named after $name (so we only use $name2 internally for the setting)
3314 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
3316 class admin_setting_configtime
extends admin_setting
{
3317 /** @var string Used for setting second select (minutes) */
3322 * @param string $hoursname setting for hours
3323 * @param string $minutesname setting for hours
3324 * @param string $visiblename localised
3325 * @param string $description long localised info
3326 * @param array $defaultsetting array representing default time 'h'=>hours, 'm'=>minutes
3328 public function __construct($hoursname, $minutesname, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting) {
3329 $this->name2
= $minutesname;
3330 parent
::__construct($hoursname, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting);
3334 * Get the selected time
3336 * @return mixed An array containing 'h'=>xx, 'm'=>xx, or null if not set
3338 public function get_setting() {
3339 $result1 = $this->config_read($this->name
);
3340 $result2 = $this->config_read($this->name2
);
3341 if (is_null($result1) or is_null($result2)) {
3345 return array('h' => $result1, 'm' => $result2);
3349 * Store the time (hours and minutes)
3351 * @param array $data Must be form 'h'=>xx, 'm'=>xx
3352 * @return bool true if success, false if not
3354 public function write_setting($data) {
3355 if (!is_array($data)) {
3359 $result = $this->config_write($this->name
, (int)$data['h']) && $this->config_write($this->name2
, (int)$data['m']);
3360 return ($result ?
'' : get_string('errorsetting', 'admin'));
3364 * Returns XHTML time select fields
3366 * @param array $data Must be form 'h'=>xx, 'm'=>xx
3367 * @param string $query
3368 * @return string XHTML time select fields and wrapping div(s)
3370 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
3373 $default = $this->get_defaultsetting();
3374 if (is_array($default)) {
3375 $defaultinfo = $default['h'].':'.$default['m'];
3377 $defaultinfo = NULL;
3380 $context = (object) [
3381 'id' => $this->get_id(),
3382 'name' => $this->get_full_name(),
3383 'hours' => array_map(function($i) use ($data) {
3387 'selected' => $i == $data['h']
3390 'minutes' => array_map(function($i) use ($data) {
3394 'selected' => $i == $data['m']
3399 $element = $OUTPUT->render_from_template('core_admin/setting_configtime', $context);
3401 return format_admin_setting($this, $this->visiblename
, $element, $this->description
,
3402 $this->get_id() . 'h', '', $defaultinfo, $query);
3409 * Seconds duration setting.
3411 * @copyright 2012 Petr Skoda (http://skodak.org)
3412 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
3414 class admin_setting_configduration
extends admin_setting
{
3416 /** @var int default duration unit */
3417 protected $defaultunit;
3421 * @param string $name unique ascii name, either 'mysetting' for settings that in config,
3422 * or 'myplugin/mysetting' for ones in config_plugins.
3423 * @param string $visiblename localised name
3424 * @param string $description localised long description
3425 * @param mixed $defaultsetting string or array depending on implementation
3426 * @param int $defaultunit - day, week, etc. (in seconds)
3428 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $defaultunit = 86400) {
3429 if (is_number($defaultsetting)) {
3430 $defaultsetting = self
::parse_seconds($defaultsetting);
3432 $units = self
::get_units();
3433 if (isset($units[$defaultunit])) {
3434 $this->defaultunit
= $defaultunit;
3436 $this->defaultunit
= 86400;
3438 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting);
3442 * Returns selectable units.
3446 protected static function get_units() {
3448 604800 => get_string('weeks'),
3449 86400 => get_string('days'),
3450 3600 => get_string('hours'),
3451 60 => get_string('minutes'),
3452 1 => get_string('seconds'),
3457 * Converts seconds to some more user friendly string.
3459 * @param int $seconds
3462 protected static function get_duration_text($seconds) {
3463 if (empty($seconds)) {
3464 return get_string('none');
3466 $data = self
::parse_seconds($seconds);
3467 switch ($data['u']) {
3469 return get_string('numweeks', '', $data['v']);
3471 return get_string('numdays', '', $data['v']);
3473 return get_string('numhours', '', $data['v']);
3475 return get_string('numminutes', '', $data['v']);
3477 return get_string('numseconds', '', $data['v']*$data['u']);
3482 * Finds suitable units for given duration.
3484 * @param int $seconds
3487 protected static function parse_seconds($seconds) {
3488 foreach (self
::get_units() as $unit => $unused) {
3489 if ($seconds %
$unit === 0) {
3490 return array('v'=>(int)($seconds/$unit), 'u'=>$unit);
3493 return array('v'=>(int)$seconds, 'u'=>1);
3497 * Get the selected duration as array.
3499 * @return mixed An array containing 'v'=>xx, 'u'=>xx, or null if not set
3501 public function get_setting() {
3502 $seconds = $this->config_read($this->name
);
3503 if (is_null($seconds)) {
3507 return self
::parse_seconds($seconds);
3511 * Store the duration as seconds.
3513 * @param array $data Must be form 'h'=>xx, 'm'=>xx
3514 * @return bool true if success, false if not
3516 public function write_setting($data) {
3517 if (!is_array($data)) {
3521 $seconds = (int)($data['v']*$data['u']);
3523 return get_string('errorsetting', 'admin');
3526 $result = $this->config_write($this->name
, $seconds);
3527 return ($result ?
'' : get_string('errorsetting', 'admin'));
3531 * Returns duration text+select fields.
3533 * @param array $data Must be form 'v'=>xx, 'u'=>xx
3534 * @param string $query
3535 * @return string duration text+select fields and wrapping div(s)
3537 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
3540 $default = $this->get_defaultsetting();
3541 if (is_number($default)) {
3542 $defaultinfo = self
::get_duration_text($default);
3543 } else if (is_array($default)) {
3544 $defaultinfo = self
::get_duration_text($default['v']*$default['u']);
3546 $defaultinfo = null;
3549 $inputid = $this->get_id() . 'v';
3550 $units = self
::get_units();
3551 $defaultunit = $this->defaultunit
;
3553 $context = (object) [
3554 'id' => $this->get_id(),
3555 'name' => $this->get_full_name(),
3556 'value' => $data['v'],
3557 'options' => array_map(function($unit) use ($units, $data, $defaultunit) {
3560 'name' => $units[$unit],
3561 'selected' => ($data['v'] == 0 && $unit == $defaultunit) ||
$unit == $data['u']
3563 }, array_keys($units))
3566 $element = $OUTPUT->render_from_template('core_admin/setting_configduration', $context);
3568 return format_admin_setting($this, $this->visiblename
, $element, $this->description
, $inputid, '', $defaultinfo, $query);
3574 * Seconds duration setting with an advanced checkbox, that controls a additional
3575 * $name.'_adv' setting.
3577 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
3578 * @copyright 2014 The Open University
3580 class admin_setting_configduration_with_advanced
extends admin_setting_configduration
{
3583 * @param string $name unique ascii name, either 'mysetting' for settings that in config,
3584 * or 'myplugin/mysetting' for ones in config_plugins.
3585 * @param string $visiblename localised name
3586 * @param string $description localised long description
3587 * @param array $defaultsetting array of int value, and bool whether it is
3588 * is advanced by default.
3589 * @param int $defaultunit - day, week, etc. (in seconds)
3591 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $defaultunit = 86400) {
3592 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting['value'], $defaultunit);
3593 $this->set_advanced_flag_options(admin_setting_flag
::ENABLED
, !empty($defaultsetting['adv']));
3599 * Used to validate a textarea used for ip addresses
3601 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
3602 * @copyright 2011 Petr Skoda (http://skodak.org)
3604 class admin_setting_configiplist
extends admin_setting_configtextarea
{
3607 * Validate the contents of the textarea as IP addresses
3609 * Used to validate a new line separated list of IP addresses collected from
3610 * a textarea control
3612 * @param string $data A list of IP Addresses separated by new lines
3613 * @return mixed bool true for success or string:error on failure
3615 public function validate($data) {
3617 $ips = explode("\n", $data);
3623 foreach($ips as $ip) {
3628 if (preg_match('#^(\d{1,3})(\.\d{1,3}){0,3}$#', $ip, $match) ||
3629 preg_match('#^(\d{1,3})(\.\d{1,3}){0,3}(\/\d{1,2})$#', $ip, $match) ||
3630 preg_match('#^(\d{1,3})(\.\d{1,3}){3}(-\d{1,3})$#', $ip, $match)) {
3639 return get_string('validateiperror', 'admin', join(', ', $badips));
3645 * Used to validate a textarea used for domain names, wildcard domain names and IP addresses/ranges (both IPv4 and IPv6 format).
3647 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
3648 * @copyright 2016 Jake Dallimore (jrhdallimore@gmail.com)
3650 class admin_setting_configmixedhostiplist
extends admin_setting_configtextarea
{
3653 * Validate the contents of the textarea as either IP addresses, domain name or wildcard domain name (RFC 4592).
3654 * Used to validate a new line separated list of entries collected from a textarea control.
3656 * This setting provides support for internationalised domain names (IDNs), however, such UTF-8 names will be converted to
3657 * their ascii-compatible encoding (punycode) on save, and converted back to their UTF-8 representation when fetched
3658 * via the get_setting() method, which has been overriden.
3660 * @param string $data A list of FQDNs, DNS wildcard format domains, and IP addresses, separated by new lines.
3661 * @return mixed bool true for success or string:error on failure
3663 public function validate($data) {
3667 $entries = explode("\n", $data);
3670 foreach ($entries as $key => $entry) {
3671 $entry = trim($entry);
3672 if (empty($entry)) {
3673 return get_string('validateemptylineerror', 'admin');
3676 // Validate each string entry against the supported formats.
3677 if (\core\ip_utils
::is_ip_address($entry) || \core\ip_utils
::is_ipv6_range($entry)
3678 || \core\ip_utils
::is_ipv4_range($entry) || \core\ip_utils
::is_domain_name($entry)
3679 || \core\ip_utils
::is_domain_matching_pattern($entry)) {
3683 // Otherwise, the entry is invalid.
3684 $badentries[] = $entry;
3688 return get_string('validateerrorlist', 'admin', join(', ', $badentries));
3694 * Convert any lines containing international domain names (IDNs) to their ascii-compatible encoding (ACE).
3696 * @param string $data the setting data, as sent from the web form.
3697 * @return string $data the setting data, with all IDNs converted (using punycode) to their ascii encoded version.
3699 protected function ace_encode($data) {
3703 $entries = explode("\n", $data);
3704 foreach ($entries as $key => $entry) {
3705 $entry = trim($entry);
3706 // This regex matches any string that has non-ascii character.
3707 if (preg_match('/[^\x00-\x7f]/', $entry)) {
3708 // If we can convert the unicode string to an idn, do so.
3709 // Otherwise, leave the original unicode string alone and let the validation function handle it (it will fail).
3710 $val = idn_to_ascii($entry, IDNA_NONTRANSITIONAL_TO_ASCII
, INTL_IDNA_VARIANT_UTS46
);
3711 $entries[$key] = $val ?
$val : $entry;
3714 return implode("\n", $entries);
3718 * Decode any ascii-encoded domain names back to their utf-8 representation for display.
3720 * @param string $data the setting data, as found in the database.
3721 * @return string $data the setting data, with all ascii-encoded IDNs decoded back to their utf-8 representation.
3723 protected function ace_decode($data) {
3724 $entries = explode("\n", $data);
3725 foreach ($entries as $key => $entry) {
3726 $entry = trim($entry);
3727 if (strpos($entry, 'xn--') !== false) {
3728 $entries[$key] = idn_to_utf8($entry, IDNA_NONTRANSITIONAL_TO_ASCII
, INTL_IDNA_VARIANT_UTS46
);
3731 return implode("\n", $entries);
3735 * Override, providing utf8-decoding for ascii-encoded IDN strings.
3737 * @return mixed returns punycode-converted setting string if successful, else null.
3739 public function get_setting() {
3740 // Here, we need to decode any ascii-encoded IDNs back to their native, utf-8 representation.
3741 $data = $this->config_read($this->name
);
3742 if (function_exists('idn_to_utf8') && !is_null($data)) {
3743 $data = $this->ace_decode($data);
3749 * Override, providing ascii-encoding for utf8 (native) IDN strings.
3751 * @param string $data
3754 public function write_setting($data) {
3755 if ($this->paramtype
=== PARAM_INT
and $data === '') {
3756 // Do not complain if '' used instead of 0.
3760 // Try to convert any non-ascii domains to ACE prior to validation - we can't modify anything in validate!
3761 if (function_exists('idn_to_ascii')) {
3762 $data = $this->ace_encode($data);
3765 $validated = $this->validate($data);
3766 if ($validated !== true) {
3769 return ($this->config_write($this->name
, $data) ?
'' : get_string('errorsetting', 'admin'));
3774 * Used to validate a textarea used for port numbers.
3776 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
3777 * @copyright 2016 Jake Dallimore (jrhdallimore@gmail.com)
3779 class admin_setting_configportlist
extends admin_setting_configtextarea
{
3782 * Validate the contents of the textarea as port numbers.
3783 * Used to validate a new line separated list of ports collected from a textarea control.
3785 * @param string $data A list of ports separated by new lines
3786 * @return mixed bool true for success or string:error on failure
3788 public function validate($data) {
3792 $ports = explode("\n", $data);
3794 foreach ($ports as $port) {
3795 $port = trim($port);
3797 return get_string('validateemptylineerror', 'admin');
3800 // Is the string a valid integer number?
3801 if (strval(intval($port)) !== $port ||
intval($port) <= 0) {
3802 $badentries[] = $port;
3806 return get_string('validateerrorlist', 'admin', $badentries);
3814 * An admin setting for selecting one or more users who have a capability
3815 * in the system context
3817 * An admin setting for selecting one or more users, who have a particular capability
3818 * in the system context. Warning, make sure the list will never be too long. There is
3819 * no paging or searching of this list.
3821 * To correctly get a list of users from this config setting, you need to call the
3822 * get_users_from_config($CFG->mysetting, $capability); function in moodlelib.php.
3824 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
3826 class admin_setting_users_with_capability
extends admin_setting_configmultiselect
{
3827 /** @var string The capabilities name */
3828 protected $capability;
3829 /** @var int include admin users too */
3830 protected $includeadmins;
3835 * @param string $name unique ascii name, either 'mysetting' for settings that in config, or 'myplugin/mysetting' for ones in config_plugins.
3836 * @param string $visiblename localised name
3837 * @param string $description localised long description
3838 * @param array $defaultsetting array of usernames
3839 * @param string $capability string capability name.
3840 * @param bool $includeadmins include administrators
3842 function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $capability, $includeadmins = true) {
3843 $this->capability
= $capability;
3844 $this->includeadmins
= $includeadmins;
3845 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, NULL);
3849 * Load all of the uses who have the capability into choice array
3851 * @return bool Always returns true
3853 function load_choices() {
3854 if (is_array($this->choices
)) {
3857 list($sort, $sortparams) = users_order_by_sql('u');
3858 if (!empty($sortparams)) {
3859 throw new coding_exception('users_order_by_sql returned some query parameters. ' .
3860 'This is unexpected, and a problem because there is no way to pass these ' .
3861 'parameters to get_users_by_capability. See MDL-34657.');
3863 $userfields = 'u.id, u.username, ' . get_all_user_name_fields(true, 'u');
3864 $users = get_users_by_capability(context_system
::instance(), $this->capability
, $userfields, $sort);
3865 $this->choices
= array(
3866 '$@NONE@$' => get_string('nobody'),
3867 '$@ALL@$' => get_string('everyonewhocan', 'admin', get_capability_string($this->capability
)),
3869 if ($this->includeadmins
) {
3870 $admins = get_admins();
3871 foreach ($admins as $user) {
3872 $this->choices
[$user->id
] = fullname($user);
3875 if (is_array($users)) {
3876 foreach ($users as $user) {
3877 $this->choices
[$user->id
] = fullname($user);
3884 * Returns the default setting for class
3886 * @return mixed Array, or string. Empty string if no default
3888 public function get_defaultsetting() {
3889 $this->load_choices();
3890 $defaultsetting = parent
::get_defaultsetting();
3891 if (empty($defaultsetting)) {
3892 return array('$@NONE@$');
3893 } else if (array_key_exists($defaultsetting, $this->choices
)) {
3894 return $defaultsetting;
3901 * Returns the current setting
3903 * @return mixed array or string
3905 public function get_setting() {
3906 $result = parent
::get_setting();
3907 if ($result === null) {
3908 // this is necessary for settings upgrade
3911 if (empty($result)) {
3912 $result = array('$@NONE@$');
3918 * Save the chosen setting provided as $data
3920 * @param array $data
3921 * @return mixed string or array
3923 public function write_setting($data) {
3924 // If all is selected, remove any explicit options.
3925 if (in_array('$@ALL@$', $data)) {
3926 $data = array('$@ALL@$');
3928 // None never needs to be written to the DB.
3929 if (in_array('$@NONE@$', $data)) {
3930 unset($data[array_search('$@NONE@$', $data)]);
3932 return parent
::write_setting($data);
3938 * Special checkbox for calendar - resets SESSION vars.
3940 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
3942 class admin_setting_special_adminseesall
extends admin_setting_configcheckbox
{
3944 * Calls the parent::__construct with default values
3946 * name => calendar_adminseesall
3947 * visiblename => get_string('adminseesall', 'admin')
3948 * description => get_string('helpadminseesall', 'admin')
3949 * defaultsetting => 0
3951 public function __construct() {
3952 parent
::__construct('calendar_adminseesall', get_string('adminseesall', 'admin'),
3953 get_string('helpadminseesall', 'admin'), '0');
3957 * Stores the setting passed in $data
3959 * @param mixed gets converted to string for comparison
3960 * @return string empty string or error message
3962 public function write_setting($data) {
3964 return parent
::write_setting($data);
3969 * Special select for settings that are altered in setup.php and can not be altered on the fly
3971 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
3973 class admin_setting_special_selectsetup
extends admin_setting_configselect
{
3975 * Reads the setting directly from the database
3979 public function get_setting() {
3980 // read directly from db!
3981 return get_config(NULL, $this->name
);
3985 * Save the setting passed in $data
3987 * @param string $data The setting to save
3988 * @return string empty or error message
3990 public function write_setting($data) {
3992 // do not change active CFG setting!
3993 $current = $CFG->{$this->name
};
3994 $result = parent
::write_setting($data);
3995 $CFG->{$this->name
} = $current;
4002 * Special select for frontpage - stores data in course table
4004 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
4006 class admin_setting_sitesetselect
extends admin_setting_configselect
{
4008 * Returns the site name for the selected site
4011 * @return string The site name of the selected site
4013 public function get_setting() {
4014 $site = course_get_format(get_site())->get_course();
4015 return $site->{$this->name
};
4019 * Updates the database and save the setting
4021 * @param string data
4022 * @return string empty or error message
4024 public function write_setting($data) {
4025 global $DB, $SITE, $COURSE;
4026 if (!in_array($data, array_keys($this->choices
))) {
4027 return get_string('errorsetting', 'admin');
4029 $record = new stdClass();
4030 $record->id
= SITEID
;
4031 $temp = $this->name
;
4032 $record->$temp = $data;
4033 $record->timemodified
= time();
4035 course_get_format($SITE)->update_course_format_options($record);
4036 $DB->update_record('course', $record);
4039 $SITE = $DB->get_record('course', array('id'=>$SITE->id
), '*', MUST_EXIST
);
4040 if ($SITE->id
== $COURSE->id
) {
4043 format_base
::reset_course_cache($SITE->id
);
4052 * Select for blog's bloglevel setting: if set to 0, will set blog_menu
4055 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
4057 class admin_setting_bloglevel
extends admin_setting_configselect
{
4059 * Updates the database and save the setting
4061 * @param string data
4062 * @return string empty or error message
4064 public function write_setting($data) {
4067 $blogblocks = $DB->get_records_select('block', "name LIKE 'blog_%' AND visible = 1");
4068 foreach ($blogblocks as $block) {
4069 $DB->set_field('block', 'visible', 0, array('id' => $block->id
));
4072 // reenable all blocks only when switching from disabled blogs
4073 if (isset($CFG->bloglevel
) and $CFG->bloglevel
== 0) {
4074 $blogblocks = $DB->get_records_select('block', "name LIKE 'blog_%' AND visible = 0");
4075 foreach ($blogblocks as $block) {
4076 $DB->set_field('block', 'visible', 1, array('id' => $block->id
));
4080 return parent
::write_setting($data);
4086 * Special select - lists on the frontpage - hacky
4088 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
4090 class admin_setting_courselist_frontpage
extends admin_setting
{
4091 /** @var array Array of choices value=>label */
4095 * Construct override, requires one param
4097 * @param bool $loggedin Is the user logged in
4099 public function __construct($loggedin) {
4101 require_once($CFG->dirroot
.'/course/lib.php');
4102 $name = 'frontpage'.($loggedin ?
'loggedin' : '');
4103 $visiblename = get_string('frontpage'.($loggedin ?
'loggedin' : ''),'admin');
4104 $description = get_string('configfrontpage'.($loggedin ?
'loggedin' : ''),'admin');
4105 $defaults = array(FRONTPAGEALLCOURSELIST
);
4106 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaults);
4110 * Loads the choices available
4112 * @return bool always returns true
4114 public function load_choices() {
4115 if (is_array($this->choices
)) {
4118 $this->choices
= array(FRONTPAGENEWS
=> get_string('frontpagenews'),
4119 FRONTPAGEALLCOURSELIST
=> get_string('frontpagecourselist'),
4120 FRONTPAGEENROLLEDCOURSELIST
=> get_string('frontpageenrolledcourselist'),
4121 FRONTPAGECATEGORYNAMES
=> get_string('frontpagecategorynames'),
4122 FRONTPAGECATEGORYCOMBO
=> get_string('frontpagecategorycombo'),
4123 FRONTPAGECOURSESEARCH
=> get_string('frontpagecoursesearch'),
4124 'none' => get_string('none'));
4125 if ($this->name
=== 'frontpage') {
4126 unset($this->choices
[FRONTPAGEENROLLEDCOURSELIST
]);
4132 * Returns the selected settings
4134 * @param mixed array or setting or null
4136 public function get_setting() {
4137 $result = $this->config_read($this->name
);
4138 if (is_null($result)) {
4141 if ($result === '') {
4144 return explode(',', $result);
4148 * Save the selected options
4150 * @param array $data
4151 * @return mixed empty string (data is not an array) or bool true=success false=failure
4153 public function write_setting($data) {
4154 if (!is_array($data)) {
4157 $this->load_choices();
4159 foreach($data as $datum) {
4160 if ($datum == 'none' or !array_key_exists($datum, $this->choices
)) {
4163 $save[$datum] = $datum; // no duplicates
4165 return ($this->config_write($this->name
, implode(',', $save)) ?
'' : get_string('errorsetting', 'admin'));
4169 * Return XHTML select field and wrapping div
4171 * @todo Add vartype handling to make sure $data is an array
4172 * @param array $data Array of elements to select by default
4173 * @return string XHTML select field and wrapping div
4175 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
4178 $this->load_choices();
4179 $currentsetting = array();
4180 foreach ($data as $key) {
4181 if ($key != 'none' and array_key_exists($key, $this->choices
)) {
4182 $currentsetting[] = $key; // already selected first
4186 $context = (object) [
4187 'id' => $this->get_id(),
4188 'name' => $this->get_full_name(),
4191 $options = $this->choices
;
4193 for ($i = 0; $i < count($this->choices
) - 1; $i++
) {
4194 if (!array_key_exists($i, $currentsetting)) {
4195 $currentsetting[$i] = 'none';
4199 'options' => array_map(function($option) use ($options, $currentsetting, $i) {
4201 'name' => $options[$option],
4203 'selected' => $currentsetting[$i] == $option
4205 }, array_keys($options))
4208 $context->selects
= $selects;
4210 $element = $OUTPUT->render_from_template('core_admin/setting_courselist_frontpage', $context);
4212 return format_admin_setting($this, $this->visiblename
, $element, $this->description
, false, '', null, $query);
4218 * Special checkbox for frontpage - stores data in course table
4220 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
4222 class admin_setting_sitesetcheckbox
extends admin_setting_configcheckbox
{
4224 * Returns the current sites name
4228 public function get_setting() {
4229 $site = course_get_format(get_site())->get_course();
4230 return $site->{$this->name
};
4234 * Save the selected setting
4236 * @param string $data The selected site
4237 * @return string empty string or error message
4239 public function write_setting($data) {
4240 global $DB, $SITE, $COURSE;
4241 $record = new stdClass();
4242 $record->id
= $SITE->id
;
4243 $record->{$this->name
} = ($data == '1' ?
1 : 0);
4244 $record->timemodified
= time();
4246 course_get_format($SITE)->update_course_format_options($record);
4247 $DB->update_record('course', $record);
4250 $SITE = $DB->get_record('course', array('id'=>$SITE->id
), '*', MUST_EXIST
);
4251 if ($SITE->id
== $COURSE->id
) {
4254 format_base
::reset_course_cache($SITE->id
);
4261 * Special text for frontpage - stores data in course table.
4262 * Empty string means not set here. Manual setting is required.
4264 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
4266 class admin_setting_sitesettext
extends admin_setting_configtext
{
4271 public function __construct() {
4272 call_user_func_array(['parent', '__construct'], func_get_args());
4273 $this->set_force_ltr(false);
4277 * Return the current setting
4279 * @return mixed string or null
4281 public function get_setting() {
4282 $site = course_get_format(get_site())->get_course();
4283 return $site->{$this->name
} != '' ?
$site->{$this->name
} : NULL;
4287 * Validate the selected data
4289 * @param string $data The selected value to validate
4290 * @return mixed true or message string
4292 public function validate($data) {
4294 $cleaned = clean_param($data, PARAM_TEXT
);
4295 if ($cleaned === '') {
4296 return get_string('required');
4298 if ($this->name
==='shortname' &&
4299 $DB->record_exists_sql('SELECT id from {course} WHERE shortname = ? AND id <> ?', array($data, $SITE->id
))) {
4300 return get_string('shortnametaken', 'error', $data);
4302 if ("$data" == "$cleaned") { // implicit conversion to string is needed to do exact comparison
4305 return get_string('validateerror', 'admin');
4310 * Save the selected setting
4312 * @param string $data The selected value
4313 * @return string empty or error message
4315 public function write_setting($data) {
4316 global $DB, $SITE, $COURSE;
4317 $data = trim($data);
4318 $validated = $this->validate($data);
4319 if ($validated !== true) {
4323 $record = new stdClass();
4324 $record->id
= $SITE->id
;
4325 $record->{$this->name
} = $data;
4326 $record->timemodified
= time();
4328 course_get_format($SITE)->update_course_format_options($record);
4329 $DB->update_record('course', $record);
4332 $SITE = $DB->get_record('course', array('id'=>$SITE->id
), '*', MUST_EXIST
);
4333 if ($SITE->id
== $COURSE->id
) {
4336 format_base
::reset_course_cache($SITE->id
);
4344 * Special text editor for site description.
4346 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
4348 class admin_setting_special_frontpagedesc
extends admin_setting_confightmleditor
{
4351 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
4353 public function __construct() {
4354 parent
::__construct('summary', get_string('frontpagedescription'), get_string('frontpagedescriptionhelp'), null,
4359 * Return the current setting
4360 * @return string The current setting
4362 public function get_setting() {
4363 $site = course_get_format(get_site())->get_course();
4364 return $site->{$this->name
};
4368 * Save the new setting
4370 * @param string $data The new value to save
4371 * @return string empty or error message
4373 public function write_setting($data) {
4374 global $DB, $SITE, $COURSE;
4375 $record = new stdClass();
4376 $record->id
= $SITE->id
;
4377 $record->{$this->name
} = $data;
4378 $record->timemodified
= time();
4380 course_get_format($SITE)->update_course_format_options($record);
4381 $DB->update_record('course', $record);
4384 $SITE = $DB->get_record('course', array('id'=>$SITE->id
), '*', MUST_EXIST
);
4385 if ($SITE->id
== $COURSE->id
) {
4388 format_base
::reset_course_cache($SITE->id
);
4396 * Administration interface for emoticon_manager settings.
4398 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
4400 class admin_setting_emoticons
extends admin_setting
{
4403 * Calls parent::__construct with specific args
4405 public function __construct() {
4408 $manager = get_emoticon_manager();
4409 $defaults = $this->prepare_form_data($manager->default_emoticons());
4410 parent
::__construct('emoticons', get_string('emoticons', 'admin'), get_string('emoticons_desc', 'admin'), $defaults);
4414 * Return the current setting(s)
4416 * @return array Current settings array
4418 public function get_setting() {
4421 $manager = get_emoticon_manager();
4423 $config = $this->config_read($this->name
);
4424 if (is_null($config)) {
4428 $config = $manager->decode_stored_config($config);
4429 if (is_null($config)) {
4433 return $this->prepare_form_data($config);
4437 * Save selected settings
4439 * @param array $data Array of settings to save
4442 public function write_setting($data) {
4444 $manager = get_emoticon_manager();
4445 $emoticons = $this->process_form_data($data);
4447 if ($emoticons === false) {
4451 if ($this->config_write($this->name
, $manager->encode_stored_config($emoticons))) {
4452 return ''; // success
4454 return get_string('errorsetting', 'admin') . $this->visiblename
. html_writer
::empty_tag('br');
4459 * Return XHTML field(s) for options
4461 * @param array $data Array of options to set in HTML
4462 * @return string XHTML string for the fields and wrapping div(s)
4464 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
4467 $context = (object) [
4468 'name' => $this->get_full_name(),
4474 foreach ($data as $field => $value) {
4476 // When $i == 0: text.
4477 // When $i == 1: imagename.
4478 // When $i == 2: imagecomponent.
4479 // When $i == 3: altidentifier.
4480 // When $i == 4: altcomponent.
4481 $fields[$i] = (object) [
4490 if (!empty($fields[1]->value
)) {
4491 if (get_string_manager()->string_exists($fields[3]->value
, $fields[4]->value
)) {
4492 $alt = get_string($fields[3]->value
, $fields[4]->value
);
4494 $alt = $fields[0]->value
;
4496 $icon = new pix_emoticon($fields[1]->value
, $alt, $fields[2]->value
);
4498 $context->emoticons
[] = [
4499 'fields' => $fields,
4500 'icon' => $icon ?
$icon->export_for_template($OUTPUT) : null
4507 $context->reseturl
= new moodle_url('/admin/resetemoticons.php');
4508 $element = $OUTPUT->render_from_template('core_admin/setting_emoticons', $context);
4509 return format_admin_setting($this, $this->visiblename
, $element, $this->description
, false, '', NULL, $query);
4513 * Converts the array of emoticon objects provided by {@see emoticon_manager} into admin settings form data
4515 * @see self::process_form_data()
4516 * @param array $emoticons array of emoticon objects as returned by {@see emoticon_manager}
4517 * @return array of form fields and their values
4519 protected function prepare_form_data(array $emoticons) {
4523 foreach ($emoticons as $emoticon) {
4524 $form['text'.$i] = $emoticon->text
;
4525 $form['imagename'.$i] = $emoticon->imagename
;
4526 $form['imagecomponent'.$i] = $emoticon->imagecomponent
;
4527 $form['altidentifier'.$i] = $emoticon->altidentifier
;
4528 $form['altcomponent'.$i] = $emoticon->altcomponent
;
4531 // add one more blank field set for new object
4532 $form['text'.$i] = '';
4533 $form['imagename'.$i] = '';
4534 $form['imagecomponent'.$i] = '';
4535 $form['altidentifier'.$i] = '';
4536 $form['altcomponent'.$i] = '';
4542 * Converts the data from admin settings form into an array of emoticon objects
4544 * @see self::prepare_form_data()
4545 * @param array $data array of admin form fields and values
4546 * @return false|array of emoticon objects
4548 protected function process_form_data(array $form) {
4550 $count = count($form); // number of form field values
4553 // we must get five fields per emoticon object
4557 $emoticons = array();
4558 for ($i = 0; $i < $count / 5; $i++
) {
4559 $emoticon = new stdClass();
4560 $emoticon->text
= clean_param(trim($form['text'.$i]), PARAM_NOTAGS
);
4561 $emoticon->imagename
= clean_param(trim($form['imagename'.$i]), PARAM_PATH
);
4562 $emoticon->imagecomponent
= clean_param(trim($form['imagecomponent'.$i]), PARAM_COMPONENT
);
4563 $emoticon->altidentifier
= clean_param(trim($form['altidentifier'.$i]), PARAM_STRINGID
);
4564 $emoticon->altcomponent
= clean_param(trim($form['altcomponent'.$i]), PARAM_COMPONENT
);
4566 if (strpos($emoticon->text
, ':/') !== false or strpos($emoticon->text
, '//') !== false) {
4567 // prevent from breaking http://url.addresses by accident
4568 $emoticon->text
= '';
4571 if (strlen($emoticon->text
) < 2) {
4572 // do not allow single character emoticons
4573 $emoticon->text
= '';
4576 if (preg_match('/^[a-zA-Z]+[a-zA-Z0-9]*$/', $emoticon->text
)) {
4577 // emoticon text must contain some non-alphanumeric character to prevent
4578 // breaking HTML tags
4579 $emoticon->text
= '';
4582 if ($emoticon->text
!== '' and $emoticon->imagename
!== '' and $emoticon->imagecomponent
!== '') {
4583 $emoticons[] = $emoticon;
4593 * Special setting for limiting of the list of available languages.
4595 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
4597 class admin_setting_langlist
extends admin_setting_configtext
{
4599 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
4601 public function __construct() {
4602 parent
::__construct('langlist', get_string('langlist', 'admin'), get_string('configlanglist', 'admin'), '', PARAM_NOTAGS
);
4606 * Save the new setting
4608 * @param string $data The new setting
4611 public function write_setting($data) {
4612 $return = parent
::write_setting($data);
4613 get_string_manager()->reset_caches();
4620 * Selection of one of the recognised countries using the list
4621 * returned by {@link get_list_of_countries()}.
4623 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
4625 class admin_settings_country_select
extends admin_setting_configselect
{
4626 protected $includeall;
4627 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $includeall=false) {
4628 $this->includeall
= $includeall;
4629 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, null);
4633 * Lazy-load the available choices for the select box
4635 public function load_choices() {
4637 if (is_array($this->choices
)) {
4640 $this->choices
= array_merge(
4641 array('0' => get_string('choosedots')),
4642 get_string_manager()->get_list_of_countries($this->includeall
));
4649 * admin_setting_configselect for the default number of sections in a course,
4650 * simply so we can lazy-load the choices.
4652 * @copyright 2011 The Open University
4653 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
4655 class admin_settings_num_course_sections
extends admin_setting_configselect
{
4656 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting) {
4657 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, array());
4660 /** Lazy-load the available choices for the select box */
4661 public function load_choices() {
4662 $max = get_config('moodlecourse', 'maxsections');
4663 if (!isset($max) ||
!is_numeric($max)) {
4666 for ($i = 0; $i <= $max; $i++
) {
4667 $this->choices
[$i] = "$i";
4675 * Course category selection
4677 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
4679 class admin_settings_coursecat_select
extends admin_setting_configselect
{
4681 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
4683 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting) {
4684 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, NULL);
4688 * Load the available choices for the select box
4692 public function load_choices() {
4694 require_once($CFG->dirroot
.'/course/lib.php');
4695 if (is_array($this->choices
)) {
4698 $this->choices
= make_categories_options();
4705 * Special control for selecting days to backup
4707 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
4709 class admin_setting_special_backupdays
extends admin_setting_configmulticheckbox2
{
4711 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
4713 public function __construct() {
4714 parent
::__construct('backup_auto_weekdays', get_string('automatedbackupschedule','backup'), get_string('automatedbackupschedulehelp','backup'), array(), NULL);
4715 $this->plugin
= 'backup';
4719 * Load the available choices for the select box
4721 * @return bool Always returns true
4723 public function load_choices() {
4724 if (is_array($this->choices
)) {
4727 $this->choices
= array();
4728 $days = array('sunday', 'monday', 'tuesday', 'wednesday', 'thursday', 'friday', 'saturday');
4729 foreach ($days as $day) {
4730 $this->choices
[$day] = get_string($day, 'calendar');
4737 * Special setting for backup auto destination.
4741 * @copyright 2014 Frédéric Massart - FMCorz.net
4742 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
4744 class admin_setting_special_backup_auto_destination
extends admin_setting_configdirectory
{
4747 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments.
4749 public function __construct() {
4750 parent
::__construct('backup/backup_auto_destination', new lang_string('saveto'), new lang_string('backupsavetohelp'), '');
4754 * Check if the directory must be set, depending on backup/backup_auto_storage.
4756 * Note: backup/backup_auto_storage must be specified BEFORE this setting otherwise
4757 * there will be conflicts if this validation happens before the other one.
4759 * @param string $data Form data.
4760 * @return string Empty when no errors.
4762 public function write_setting($data) {
4763 $storage = (int) get_config('backup', 'backup_auto_storage');
4764 if ($storage !== 0) {
4765 if (empty($data) ||
!file_exists($data) ||
!is_dir($data) ||
!is_writable($data) ) {
4766 // The directory must exist and be writable.
4767 return get_string('backuperrorinvaliddestination');
4770 return parent
::write_setting($data);
4776 * Special debug setting
4778 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
4780 class admin_setting_special_debug
extends admin_setting_configselect
{
4782 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
4784 public function __construct() {
4785 parent
::__construct('debug', get_string('debug', 'admin'), get_string('configdebug', 'admin'), DEBUG_NONE
, NULL);
4789 * Load the available choices for the select box
4793 public function load_choices() {
4794 if (is_array($this->choices
)) {
4797 $this->choices
= array(DEBUG_NONE
=> get_string('debugnone', 'admin'),
4798 DEBUG_MINIMAL
=> get_string('debugminimal', 'admin'),
4799 DEBUG_NORMAL
=> get_string('debugnormal', 'admin'),
4800 DEBUG_ALL
=> get_string('debugall', 'admin'),
4801 DEBUG_DEVELOPER
=> get_string('debugdeveloper', 'admin'));
4808 * Special admin control
4810 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
4812 class admin_setting_special_calendar_weekend
extends admin_setting
{
4814 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
4816 public function __construct() {
4817 $name = 'calendar_weekend';
4818 $visiblename = get_string('calendar_weekend', 'admin');
4819 $description = get_string('helpweekenddays', 'admin');
4820 $default = array ('0', '6'); // Saturdays and Sundays
4821 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $default);
4825 * Gets the current settings as an array
4827 * @return mixed Null if none, else array of settings
4829 public function get_setting() {
4830 $result = $this->config_read($this->name
);
4831 if (is_null($result)) {
4834 if ($result === '') {
4837 $settings = array();
4838 for ($i=0; $i<7; $i++
) {
4839 if ($result & (1 << $i)) {
4847 * Save the new settings
4849 * @param array $data Array of new settings
4852 public function write_setting($data) {
4853 if (!is_array($data)) {
4856 unset($data['xxxxx']);
4858 foreach($data as $index) {
4859 $result |
= 1 << $index;
4861 return ($this->config_write($this->name
, $result) ?
'' : get_string('errorsetting', 'admin'));
4865 * Return XHTML to display the control
4867 * @param array $data array of selected days
4868 * @param string $query
4869 * @return string XHTML for display (field + wrapping div(s)
4871 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
4874 // The order matters very much because of the implied numeric keys.
4875 $days = array('sunday', 'monday', 'tuesday', 'wednesday', 'thursday', 'friday', 'saturday');
4876 $context = (object) [
4877 'name' => $this->get_full_name(),
4878 'id' => $this->get_id(),
4879 'days' => array_map(function($index) use ($days, $data) {
4882 'label' => get_string($days[$index], 'calendar'),
4883 'checked' => in_array($index, $data)
4885 }, array_keys($days))
4888 $element = $OUTPUT->render_from_template('core_admin/setting_special_calendar_weekend', $context);
4890 return format_admin_setting($this, $this->visiblename
, $element, $this->description
, false, '', NULL, $query);
4897 * Admin setting that allows a user to pick a behaviour.
4899 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
4901 class admin_setting_question_behaviour
extends admin_setting_configselect
{
4903 * @param string $name name of config variable
4904 * @param string $visiblename display name
4905 * @param string $description description
4906 * @param string $default default.
4908 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $default) {
4909 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $default, null);
4913 * Load list of behaviours as choices
4914 * @return bool true => success, false => error.
4916 public function load_choices() {
4918 require_once($CFG->dirroot
. '/question/engine/lib.php');
4919 $this->choices
= question_engine
::get_behaviour_options('');
4926 * Admin setting that allows a user to pick appropriate roles for something.
4928 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
4930 class admin_setting_pickroles
extends admin_setting_configmulticheckbox
{
4931 /** @var array Array of capabilities which identify roles */
4935 * @param string $name Name of config variable
4936 * @param string $visiblename Display name
4937 * @param string $description Description
4938 * @param array $types Array of archetypes which identify
4939 * roles that will be enabled by default.
4941 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $types) {
4942 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, NULL, NULL);
4943 $this->types
= $types;
4947 * Load roles as choices
4949 * @return bool true=>success, false=>error
4951 public function load_choices() {
4953 if (during_initial_install()) {
4956 if (is_array($this->choices
)) {
4959 if ($roles = get_all_roles()) {
4960 $this->choices
= role_fix_names($roles, null, ROLENAME_ORIGINAL
, true);
4968 * Return the default setting for this control
4970 * @return array Array of default settings
4972 public function get_defaultsetting() {
4975 if (during_initial_install()) {
4979 foreach($this->types
as $archetype) {
4980 if ($caproles = get_archetype_roles($archetype)) {
4981 foreach ($caproles as $caprole) {
4982 $result[$caprole->id
] = 1;
4992 * Admin setting that is a list of installed filter plugins.
4994 * @copyright 2015 The Open University
4995 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
4997 class admin_setting_pickfilters
extends admin_setting_configmulticheckbox
{
5002 * @param string $name unique ascii name, either 'mysetting' for settings
5003 * that in config, or 'myplugin/mysetting' for ones in config_plugins.
5004 * @param string $visiblename localised name
5005 * @param string $description localised long description
5006 * @param array $default the default. E.g. array('urltolink' => 1, 'emoticons' => 1)
5008 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $default) {
5009 if (empty($default)) {
5012 $this->load_choices();
5013 foreach ($default as $plugin) {
5014 if (!isset($this->choices
[$plugin])) {
5015 unset($default[$plugin]);
5018 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $default, null);
5021 public function load_choices() {
5022 if (is_array($this->choices
)) {
5025 $this->choices
= array();
5027 foreach (core_component
::get_plugin_list('filter') as $plugin => $unused) {
5028 $this->choices
[$plugin] = filter_get_name($plugin);
5036 * Text field with an advanced checkbox, that controls a additional $name.'_adv' setting.
5038 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
5040 class admin_setting_configtext_with_advanced
extends admin_setting_configtext
{
5043 * @param string $name unique ascii name, either 'mysetting' for settings that in config, or 'myplugin/mysetting' for ones in config_plugins.
5044 * @param string $visiblename localised
5045 * @param string $description long localised info
5046 * @param array $defaultsetting ('value'=>string, '__construct'=>bool)
5047 * @param mixed $paramtype int means PARAM_XXX type, string is a allowed format in regex
5048 * @param int $size default field size
5050 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $paramtype=PARAM_RAW
, $size=null) {
5051 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting['value'], $paramtype, $size);
5052 $this->set_advanced_flag_options(admin_setting_flag
::ENABLED
, !empty($defaultsetting['adv']));
5058 * Checkbox with an advanced checkbox that controls an additional $name.'_adv' config setting.
5060 * @copyright 2009 Petr Skoda (http://skodak.org)
5061 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
5063 class admin_setting_configcheckbox_with_advanced
extends admin_setting_configcheckbox
{
5067 * @param string $name unique ascii name, either 'mysetting' for settings that in config, or 'myplugin/mysetting' for ones in config_plugins.
5068 * @param string $visiblename localised
5069 * @param string $description long localised info
5070 * @param array $defaultsetting ('value'=>string, 'adv'=>bool)
5071 * @param string $yes value used when checked
5072 * @param string $no value used when not checked
5074 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $yes='1', $no='0') {
5075 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting['value'], $yes, $no);
5076 $this->set_advanced_flag_options(admin_setting_flag
::ENABLED
, !empty($defaultsetting['adv']));
5083 * Checkbox with an advanced checkbox that controls an additional $name.'_locked' config setting.
5085 * This is nearly a copy/paste of admin_setting_configcheckbox_with_adv
5087 * @copyright 2010 Sam Hemelryk
5088 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
5090 class admin_setting_configcheckbox_with_lock
extends admin_setting_configcheckbox
{
5093 * @param string $name unique ascii name, either 'mysetting' for settings that in config, or 'myplugin/mysetting' for ones in config_plugins.
5094 * @param string $visiblename localised
5095 * @param string $description long localised info
5096 * @param array $defaultsetting ('value'=>string, 'locked'=>bool)
5097 * @param string $yes value used when checked
5098 * @param string $no value used when not checked
5100 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $yes='1', $no='0') {
5101 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting['value'], $yes, $no);
5102 $this->set_locked_flag_options(admin_setting_flag
::ENABLED
, !empty($defaultsetting['locked']));
5109 * Dropdown menu with an advanced checkbox, that controls a additional $name.'_adv' setting.
5111 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
5113 class admin_setting_configselect_with_advanced
extends admin_setting_configselect
{
5115 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
5117 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $choices) {
5118 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting['value'], $choices);
5119 $this->set_advanced_flag_options(admin_setting_flag
::ENABLED
, !empty($defaultsetting['adv']));
5125 * Select with an advanced checkbox that controls an additional $name.'_locked' config setting.
5127 * @copyright 2017 Marina Glancy
5128 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
5130 class admin_setting_configselect_with_lock
extends admin_setting_configselect
{
5133 * @param string $name unique ascii name, either 'mysetting' for settings that in config,
5134 * or 'myplugin/mysetting' for ones in config_plugins.
5135 * @param string $visiblename localised
5136 * @param string $description long localised info
5137 * @param array $defaultsetting ('value'=>string, 'locked'=>bool)
5138 * @param array $choices array of $value=>$label for each selection
5140 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $choices) {
5141 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting['value'], $choices);
5142 $this->set_locked_flag_options(admin_setting_flag
::ENABLED
, !empty($defaultsetting['locked']));
5148 * Graded roles in gradebook
5150 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
5152 class admin_setting_special_gradebookroles
extends admin_setting_pickroles
{
5154 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
5156 public function __construct() {
5157 parent
::__construct('gradebookroles', get_string('gradebookroles', 'admin'),
5158 get_string('configgradebookroles', 'admin'),
5166 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
5168 class admin_setting_regradingcheckbox
extends admin_setting_configcheckbox
{
5170 * Saves the new settings passed in $data
5172 * @param string $data
5173 * @return mixed string or Array
5175 public function write_setting($data) {
5178 $oldvalue = $this->config_read($this->name
);
5179 $return = parent
::write_setting($data);
5180 $newvalue = $this->config_read($this->name
);
5182 if ($oldvalue !== $newvalue) {
5183 // force full regrading
5184 $DB->set_field('grade_items', 'needsupdate', 1, array('needsupdate'=>0));
5193 * Which roles to show on course description page
5195 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
5197 class admin_setting_special_coursecontact
extends admin_setting_pickroles
{
5199 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
5201 public function __construct() {
5202 parent
::__construct('coursecontact', get_string('coursecontact', 'admin'),
5203 get_string('coursecontact_desc', 'admin'),
5204 array('editingteacher'));
5205 $this->set_updatedcallback(function (){
5206 cache
::make('core', 'coursecontacts')->purge();
5214 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
5216 class admin_setting_special_gradelimiting
extends admin_setting_configcheckbox
{
5218 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
5220 public function __construct() {
5221 parent
::__construct('unlimitedgrades', get_string('unlimitedgrades', 'grades'),
5222 get_string('unlimitedgrades_help', 'grades'), '0', '1', '0');
5226 * Old syntax of class constructor. Deprecated in PHP7.
5228 * @deprecated since Moodle 3.1
5230 public function admin_setting_special_gradelimiting() {
5231 debugging('Use of class name as constructor is deprecated', DEBUG_DEVELOPER
);
5232 self
::__construct();
5236 * Force site regrading
5238 function regrade_all() {
5240 require_once("$CFG->libdir/gradelib.php");
5241 grade_force_site_regrading();
5245 * Saves the new settings
5247 * @param mixed $data
5248 * @return string empty string or error message
5250 function write_setting($data) {
5251 $previous = $this->get_setting();
5253 if ($previous === null) {
5255 $this->regrade_all();
5258 if ($data != $previous) {
5259 $this->regrade_all();
5262 return ($this->config_write($this->name
, $data) ?
'' : get_string('errorsetting', 'admin'));
5268 * Special setting for $CFG->grade_minmaxtouse.
5271 * @copyright 2015 Frédéric Massart - FMCorz.net
5272 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
5274 class admin_setting_special_grademinmaxtouse
extends admin_setting_configselect
{
5279 public function __construct() {
5280 parent
::__construct('grade_minmaxtouse', new lang_string('minmaxtouse', 'grades'),
5281 new lang_string('minmaxtouse_desc', 'grades'), GRADE_MIN_MAX_FROM_GRADE_ITEM
,
5283 GRADE_MIN_MAX_FROM_GRADE_ITEM
=> get_string('gradeitemminmax', 'grades'),
5284 GRADE_MIN_MAX_FROM_GRADE_GRADE
=> get_string('gradegrademinmax', 'grades')
5290 * Saves the new setting.
5292 * @param mixed $data
5293 * @return string empty string or error message
5295 function write_setting($data) {
5298 $previous = $this->get_setting();
5299 $result = parent
::write_setting($data);
5301 // If saved and the value has changed.
5302 if (empty($result) && $previous != $data) {
5303 require_once($CFG->libdir
. '/gradelib.php');
5304 grade_force_site_regrading();
5314 * Primary grade export plugin - has state tracking.
5316 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
5318 class admin_setting_special_gradeexport
extends admin_setting_configmulticheckbox
{
5320 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
5322 public function __construct() {
5323 parent
::__construct('gradeexport', get_string('gradeexport', 'admin'),
5324 get_string('configgradeexport', 'admin'), array(), NULL);
5328 * Load the available choices for the multicheckbox
5330 * @return bool always returns true
5332 public function load_choices() {
5333 if (is_array($this->choices
)) {
5336 $this->choices
= array();
5338 if ($plugins = core_component
::get_plugin_list('gradeexport')) {
5339 foreach($plugins as $plugin => $unused) {
5340 $this->choices
[$plugin] = get_string('pluginname', 'gradeexport_'.$plugin);
5349 * A setting for setting the default grade point value. Must be an integer between 1 and $CFG->gradepointmax.
5351 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
5353 class admin_setting_special_gradepointdefault
extends admin_setting_configtext
{
5355 * Config gradepointmax constructor
5357 * @param string $name Overidden by "gradepointmax"
5358 * @param string $visiblename Overridden by "gradepointmax" language string.
5359 * @param string $description Overridden by "gradepointmax_help" language string.
5360 * @param string $defaultsetting Not used, overridden by 100.
5361 * @param mixed $paramtype Overridden by PARAM_INT.
5362 * @param int $size Overridden by 5.
5364 public function __construct($name = '', $visiblename = '', $description = '', $defaultsetting = '', $paramtype = PARAM_INT
, $size = 5) {
5365 $name = 'gradepointdefault';
5366 $visiblename = get_string('gradepointdefault', 'grades');
5367 $description = get_string('gradepointdefault_help', 'grades');
5368 $defaultsetting = 100;
5369 $paramtype = PARAM_INT
;
5371 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $paramtype, $size);
5375 * Validate data before storage
5376 * @param string $data The submitted data
5377 * @return bool|string true if ok, string if error found
5379 public function validate($data) {
5381 if (((string)(int)$data === (string)$data && $data > 0 && $data <= $CFG->gradepointmax
)) {
5384 return get_string('gradepointdefault_validateerror', 'grades');
5391 * A setting for setting the maximum grade value. Must be an integer between 1 and 10000.
5393 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
5395 class admin_setting_special_gradepointmax
extends admin_setting_configtext
{
5398 * Config gradepointmax constructor
5400 * @param string $name Overidden by "gradepointmax"
5401 * @param string $visiblename Overridden by "gradepointmax" language string.
5402 * @param string $description Overridden by "gradepointmax_help" language string.
5403 * @param string $defaultsetting Not used, overridden by 100.
5404 * @param mixed $paramtype Overridden by PARAM_INT.
5405 * @param int $size Overridden by 5.
5407 public function __construct($name = '', $visiblename = '', $description = '', $defaultsetting = '', $paramtype = PARAM_INT
, $size = 5) {
5408 $name = 'gradepointmax';
5409 $visiblename = get_string('gradepointmax', 'grades');
5410 $description = get_string('gradepointmax_help', 'grades');
5411 $defaultsetting = 100;
5412 $paramtype = PARAM_INT
;
5414 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $paramtype, $size);
5418 * Save the selected setting
5420 * @param string $data The selected site
5421 * @return string empty string or error message
5423 public function write_setting($data) {
5425 $data = (int)$this->defaultsetting
;
5429 return parent
::write_setting($data);
5433 * Validate data before storage
5434 * @param string $data The submitted data
5435 * @return bool|string true if ok, string if error found
5437 public function validate($data) {
5438 if (((string)(int)$data === (string)$data && $data > 0 && $data <= 10000)) {
5441 return get_string('gradepointmax_validateerror', 'grades');
5446 * Return an XHTML string for the setting
5447 * @param array $data Associative array of value=>xx, forced=>xx, adv=>xx
5448 * @param string $query search query to be highlighted
5449 * @return string XHTML to display control
5451 public function output_html($data, $query = '') {
5454 $default = $this->get_defaultsetting();
5455 $context = (object) [
5456 'size' => $this->size
,
5457 'id' => $this->get_id(),
5458 'name' => $this->get_full_name(),
5463 'forceltr' => $this->get_force_ltr()
5465 $element = $OUTPUT->render_from_template('core_admin/setting_configtext', $context);
5467 return format_admin_setting($this, $this->visiblename
, $element, $this->description
, true, '', $default, $query);
5473 * Grade category settings
5475 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
5477 class admin_setting_gradecat_combo
extends admin_setting
{
5478 /** @var array Array of choices */
5482 * Sets choices and calls parent::__construct with passed arguments
5483 * @param string $name
5484 * @param string $visiblename
5485 * @param string $description
5486 * @param mixed $defaultsetting string or array depending on implementation
5487 * @param array $choices An array of choices for the control
5489 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $choices) {
5490 $this->choices
= $choices;
5491 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting);
5495 * Return the current setting(s) array
5497 * @return array Array of value=>xx, forced=>xx, adv=>xx
5499 public function get_setting() {
5502 $value = $this->config_read($this->name
);
5503 $flag = $this->config_read($this->name
.'_flag');
5505 if (is_null($value) or is_null($flag)) {
5510 $forced = (boolean
)(1 & $flag); // first bit
5511 $adv = (boolean
)(2 & $flag); // second bit
5513 return array('value' => $value, 'forced' => $forced, 'adv' => $adv);
5517 * Save the new settings passed in $data
5519 * @todo Add vartype handling to ensure $data is array
5520 * @param array $data Associative array of value=>xx, forced=>xx, adv=>xx
5521 * @return string empty or error message
5523 public function write_setting($data) {
5526 $value = $data['value'];
5527 $forced = empty($data['forced']) ?
0 : 1;
5528 $adv = empty($data['adv']) ?
0 : 2;
5529 $flag = ($forced |
$adv); //bitwise or
5531 if (!in_array($value, array_keys($this->choices
))) {
5532 return 'Error setting ';
5535 $oldvalue = $this->config_read($this->name
);
5536 $oldflag = (int)$this->config_read($this->name
.'_flag');
5537 $oldforced = (1 & $oldflag); // first bit
5539 $result1 = $this->config_write($this->name
, $value);
5540 $result2 = $this->config_write($this->name
.'_flag', $flag);
5542 // force regrade if needed
5543 if ($oldforced != $forced or ($forced and $value != $oldvalue)) {
5544 require_once($CFG->libdir
.'/gradelib.php');
5545 grade_category
::updated_forced_settings();
5548 if ($result1 and $result2) {
5551 return get_string('errorsetting', 'admin');
5556 * Return XHTML to display the field and wrapping div
5558 * @todo Add vartype handling to ensure $data is array
5559 * @param array $data Associative array of value=>xx, forced=>xx, adv=>xx
5560 * @param string $query
5561 * @return string XHTML to display control
5563 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
5566 $value = $data['value'];
5568 $default = $this->get_defaultsetting();
5569 if (!is_null($default)) {
5570 $defaultinfo = array();
5571 if (isset($this->choices
[$default['value']])) {
5572 $defaultinfo[] = $this->choices
[$default['value']];
5574 if (!empty($default['forced'])) {
5575 $defaultinfo[] = get_string('force');
5577 if (!empty($default['adv'])) {
5578 $defaultinfo[] = get_string('advanced');
5580 $defaultinfo = implode(', ', $defaultinfo);
5583 $defaultinfo = NULL;
5586 $options = $this->choices
;
5587 $context = (object) [
5588 'id' => $this->get_id(),
5589 'name' => $this->get_full_name(),
5590 'forced' => !empty($data['forced']),
5591 'advanced' => !empty($data['adv']),
5592 'options' => array_map(function($option) use ($options, $value) {
5595 'name' => $options[$option],
5596 'selected' => $option == $value
5598 }, array_keys($options)),
5601 $element = $OUTPUT->render_from_template('core_admin/setting_gradecat_combo', $context);
5603 return format_admin_setting($this, $this->visiblename
, $element, $this->description
, true, '', $defaultinfo, $query);
5609 * Selection of grade report in user profiles
5611 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
5613 class admin_setting_grade_profilereport
extends admin_setting_configselect
{
5615 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
5617 public function __construct() {
5618 parent
::__construct('grade_profilereport', get_string('profilereport', 'grades'), get_string('profilereport_help', 'grades'), 'user', null);
5622 * Loads an array of choices for the configselect control
5624 * @return bool always return true
5626 public function load_choices() {
5627 if (is_array($this->choices
)) {
5630 $this->choices
= array();
5633 require_once($CFG->libdir
.'/gradelib.php');
5635 foreach (core_component
::get_plugin_list('gradereport') as $plugin => $plugindir) {
5636 if (file_exists($plugindir.'/lib.php')) {
5637 require_once($plugindir.'/lib.php');
5638 $functionname = 'grade_report_'.$plugin.'_profilereport';
5639 if (function_exists($functionname)) {
5640 $this->choices
[$plugin] = get_string('pluginname', 'gradereport_'.$plugin);
5649 * Provides a selection of grade reports to be used for "grades".
5651 * @copyright 2015 Adrian Greeve <adrian@moodle.com>
5652 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
5654 class admin_setting_my_grades_report
extends admin_setting_configselect
{
5657 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments.
5659 public function __construct() {
5660 parent
::__construct('grade_mygrades_report', new lang_string('mygrades', 'grades'),
5661 new lang_string('mygrades_desc', 'grades'), 'overview', null);
5665 * Loads an array of choices for the configselect control.
5667 * @return bool always returns true.
5669 public function load_choices() {
5670 global $CFG; // Remove this line and behold the horror of behat test failures!
5671 $this->choices
= array();
5672 foreach (core_component
::get_plugin_list('gradereport') as $plugin => $plugindir) {
5673 if (file_exists($plugindir . '/lib.php')) {
5674 require_once($plugindir . '/lib.php');
5675 // Check to see if the class exists. Check the correct plugin convention first.
5676 if (class_exists('gradereport_' . $plugin)) {
5677 $classname = 'gradereport_' . $plugin;
5678 } else if (class_exists('grade_report_' . $plugin)) {
5679 // We are using the old plugin naming convention.
5680 $classname = 'grade_report_' . $plugin;
5684 if ($classname::supports_mygrades()) {
5685 $this->choices
[$plugin] = get_string('pluginname', 'gradereport_' . $plugin);
5689 // Add an option to specify an external url.
5690 $this->choices
['external'] = get_string('externalurl', 'grades');
5696 * Special class for register auth selection
5698 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
5700 class admin_setting_special_registerauth
extends admin_setting_configselect
{
5702 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
5704 public function __construct() {
5705 parent
::__construct('registerauth', get_string('selfregistration', 'auth'), get_string('selfregistration_help', 'auth'), '', null);
5709 * Returns the default option
5711 * @return string empty or default option
5713 public function get_defaultsetting() {
5714 $this->load_choices();
5715 $defaultsetting = parent
::get_defaultsetting();
5716 if (array_key_exists($defaultsetting, $this->choices
)) {
5717 return $defaultsetting;
5724 * Loads the possible choices for the array
5726 * @return bool always returns true
5728 public function load_choices() {
5731 if (is_array($this->choices
)) {
5734 $this->choices
= array();
5735 $this->choices
[''] = get_string('disable');
5737 $authsenabled = get_enabled_auth_plugins(true);
5739 foreach ($authsenabled as $auth) {
5740 $authplugin = get_auth_plugin($auth);
5741 if (!$authplugin->can_signup()) {
5744 // Get the auth title (from core or own auth lang files)
5745 $authtitle = $authplugin->get_title();
5746 $this->choices
[$auth] = $authtitle;
5754 * General plugins manager
5756 class admin_page_pluginsoverview
extends admin_externalpage
{
5759 * Sets basic information about the external page
5761 public function __construct() {
5763 parent
::__construct('pluginsoverview', get_string('pluginsoverview', 'core_admin'),
5764 "$CFG->wwwroot/$CFG->admin/plugins.php");
5769 * Module manage page
5771 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
5773 class admin_page_managemods
extends admin_externalpage
{
5775 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
5777 public function __construct() {
5779 parent
::__construct('managemodules', get_string('modsettings', 'admin'), "$CFG->wwwroot/$CFG->admin/modules.php");
5783 * Try to find the specified module
5785 * @param string $query The module to search for
5788 public function search($query) {
5790 if ($result = parent
::search($query)) {
5795 if ($modules = $DB->get_records('modules')) {
5796 foreach ($modules as $module) {
5797 if (!file_exists("$CFG->dirroot/mod/$module->name/lib.php")) {
5800 if (strpos($module->name
, $query) !== false) {
5804 $strmodulename = get_string('modulename', $module->name
);
5805 if (strpos(core_text
::strtolower($strmodulename), $query) !== false) {
5812 $result = new stdClass();
5813 $result->page
= $this;
5814 $result->settings
= array();
5815 return array($this->name
=> $result);
5824 * Special class for enrol plugins management.
5826 * @copyright 2010 Petr Skoda {@link http://skodak.org}
5827 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
5829 class admin_setting_manageenrols
extends admin_setting
{
5831 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
5833 public function __construct() {
5834 $this->nosave
= true;
5835 parent
::__construct('enrolsui', get_string('manageenrols', 'enrol'), '', '');
5839 * Always returns true, does nothing
5843 public function get_setting() {
5848 * Always returns true, does nothing
5852 public function get_defaultsetting() {
5857 * Always returns '', does not write anything
5859 * @return string Always returns ''
5861 public function write_setting($data) {
5862 // do not write any setting
5867 * Checks if $query is one of the available enrol plugins
5869 * @param string $query The string to search for
5870 * @return bool Returns true if found, false if not
5872 public function is_related($query) {
5873 if (parent
::is_related($query)) {
5877 $query = core_text
::strtolower($query);
5878 $enrols = enrol_get_plugins(false);
5879 foreach ($enrols as $name=>$enrol) {
5880 $localised = get_string('pluginname', 'enrol_'.$name);
5881 if (strpos(core_text
::strtolower($name), $query) !== false) {
5884 if (strpos(core_text
::strtolower($localised), $query) !== false) {
5892 * Builds the XHTML to display the control
5894 * @param string $data Unused
5895 * @param string $query
5898 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
5899 global $CFG, $OUTPUT, $DB, $PAGE;
5902 $strup = get_string('up');
5903 $strdown = get_string('down');
5904 $strsettings = get_string('settings');
5905 $strenable = get_string('enable');
5906 $strdisable = get_string('disable');
5907 $struninstall = get_string('uninstallplugin', 'core_admin');
5908 $strusage = get_string('enrolusage', 'enrol');
5909 $strversion = get_string('version');
5910 $strtest = get_string('testsettings', 'core_enrol');
5912 $pluginmanager = core_plugin_manager
::instance();
5914 $enrols_available = enrol_get_plugins(false);
5915 $active_enrols = enrol_get_plugins(true);
5917 $allenrols = array();
5918 foreach ($active_enrols as $key=>$enrol) {
5919 $allenrols[$key] = true;
5921 foreach ($enrols_available as $key=>$enrol) {
5922 $allenrols[$key] = true;
5924 // Now find all borked plugins and at least allow then to uninstall.
5925 $condidates = $DB->get_fieldset_sql("SELECT DISTINCT enrol FROM {enrol}");
5926 foreach ($condidates as $candidate) {
5927 if (empty($allenrols[$candidate])) {
5928 $allenrols[$candidate] = true;
5932 $return = $OUTPUT->heading(get_string('actenrolshhdr', 'enrol'), 3, 'main', true);
5933 $return .= $OUTPUT->box_start('generalbox enrolsui');
5935 $table = new html_table();
5936 $table->head
= array(get_string('name'), $strusage, $strversion, $strenable, $strup.'/'.$strdown, $strsettings, $strtest, $struninstall);
5937 $table->colclasses
= array('leftalign', 'centeralign', 'centeralign', 'centeralign', 'centeralign', 'centeralign', 'centeralign', 'centeralign');
5938 $table->id
= 'courseenrolmentplugins';
5939 $table->attributes
['class'] = 'admintable generaltable';
5940 $table->data
= array();
5942 // Iterate through enrol plugins and add to the display table.
5944 $enrolcount = count($active_enrols);
5945 $url = new moodle_url('/admin/enrol.php', array('sesskey'=>sesskey()));
5947 foreach($allenrols as $enrol => $unused) {
5948 $plugininfo = $pluginmanager->get_plugin_info('enrol_'.$enrol);
5949 $version = get_config('enrol_'.$enrol, 'version');
5950 if ($version === false) {
5954 if (get_string_manager()->string_exists('pluginname', 'enrol_'.$enrol)) {
5955 $name = get_string('pluginname', 'enrol_'.$enrol);
5960 $ci = $DB->count_records('enrol', array('enrol'=>$enrol));
5961 $cp = $DB->count_records_select('user_enrolments', "enrolid IN (SELECT id FROM {enrol} WHERE enrol = ?)", array($enrol));
5962 $usage = "$ci / $cp";
5966 if (isset($active_enrols[$enrol])) {
5967 $aurl = new moodle_url($url, array('action'=>'disable', 'enrol'=>$enrol));
5968 $hideshow = "<a href=\"$aurl\">";
5969 $hideshow .= $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/hide', $strdisable) . '</a>';
5971 $displayname = $name;
5972 } else if (isset($enrols_available[$enrol])) {
5973 $aurl = new moodle_url($url, array('action'=>'enable', 'enrol'=>$enrol));
5974 $hideshow = "<a href=\"$aurl\">";
5975 $hideshow .= $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/show', $strenable) . '</a>';
5977 $displayname = $name;
5978 $class = 'dimmed_text';
5982 $displayname = '<span class="notifyproblem">'.$name.'</span>';
5984 if ($PAGE->theme
->resolve_image_location('icon', 'enrol_' . $name, false)) {
5985 $icon = $OUTPUT->pix_icon('icon', '', 'enrol_' . $name, array('class' => 'icon pluginicon'));
5987 $icon = $OUTPUT->pix_icon('spacer', '', 'moodle', array('class' => 'icon pluginicon noicon'));
5990 // Up/down link (only if enrol is enabled).
5993 if ($updowncount > 1) {
5994 $aurl = new moodle_url($url, array('action'=>'up', 'enrol'=>$enrol));
5995 $updown .= "<a href=\"$aurl\">";
5996 $updown .= $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/up', $strup) . '</a> ';
5998 $updown .= $OUTPUT->spacer() . ' ';
6000 if ($updowncount < $enrolcount) {
6001 $aurl = new moodle_url($url, array('action'=>'down', 'enrol'=>$enrol));
6002 $updown .= "<a href=\"$aurl\">";
6003 $updown .= $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/down', $strdown) . '</a> ';
6005 $updown .= $OUTPUT->spacer() . ' ';
6010 // Add settings link.
6013 } else if ($surl = $plugininfo->get_settings_url()) {
6014 $settings = html_writer
::link($surl, $strsettings);
6019 // Add uninstall info.
6021 if ($uninstallurl = core_plugin_manager
::instance()->get_uninstall_url('enrol_'.$enrol, 'manage')) {
6022 $uninstall = html_writer
::link($uninstallurl, $struninstall);
6026 if (!empty($enrols_available[$enrol]) and method_exists($enrols_available[$enrol], 'test_settings')) {
6027 $testsettingsurl = new moodle_url('/enrol/test_settings.php', array('enrol'=>$enrol, 'sesskey'=>sesskey()));
6028 $test = html_writer
::link($testsettingsurl, $strtest);
6031 // Add a row to the table.
6032 $row = new html_table_row(array($icon.$displayname, $usage, $version, $hideshow, $updown, $settings, $test, $uninstall));
6034 $row->attributes
['class'] = $class;
6036 $table->data
[] = $row;
6038 $printed[$enrol] = true;
6041 $return .= html_writer
::table($table);
6042 $return .= get_string('configenrolplugins', 'enrol').'<br />'.get_string('tablenosave', 'admin');
6043 $return .= $OUTPUT->box_end();
6044 return highlight($query, $return);
6050 * Blocks manage page
6052 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
6054 class admin_page_manageblocks
extends admin_externalpage
{
6056 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
6058 public function __construct() {
6060 parent
::__construct('manageblocks', get_string('blocksettings', 'admin'), "$CFG->wwwroot/$CFG->admin/blocks.php");
6064 * Search for a specific block
6066 * @param string $query The string to search for
6069 public function search($query) {
6071 if ($result = parent
::search($query)) {
6076 if ($blocks = $DB->get_records('block')) {
6077 foreach ($blocks as $block) {
6078 if (!file_exists("$CFG->dirroot/blocks/$block->name/")) {
6081 if (strpos($block->name
, $query) !== false) {
6085 $strblockname = get_string('pluginname', 'block_'.$block->name
);
6086 if (strpos(core_text
::strtolower($strblockname), $query) !== false) {
6093 $result = new stdClass();
6094 $result->page
= $this;
6095 $result->settings
= array();
6096 return array($this->name
=> $result);
6104 * Message outputs configuration
6106 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
6108 class admin_page_managemessageoutputs
extends admin_externalpage
{
6110 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
6112 public function __construct() {
6114 parent
::__construct('managemessageoutputs', get_string('managemessageoutputs', 'message'), new moodle_url('/admin/message.php'));
6118 * Search for a specific message processor
6120 * @param string $query The string to search for
6123 public function search($query) {
6125 if ($result = parent
::search($query)) {
6130 if ($processors = get_message_processors()) {
6131 foreach ($processors as $processor) {
6132 if (!$processor->available
) {
6135 if (strpos($processor->name
, $query) !== false) {
6139 $strprocessorname = get_string('pluginname', 'message_'.$processor->name
);
6140 if (strpos(core_text
::strtolower($strprocessorname), $query) !== false) {
6147 $result = new stdClass();
6148 $result->page
= $this;
6149 $result->settings
= array();
6150 return array($this->name
=> $result);
6158 * Default message outputs configuration
6160 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
6162 class admin_page_defaultmessageoutputs
extends admin_page_managemessageoutputs
{
6164 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
6166 public function __construct() {
6168 admin_externalpage
::__construct('defaultmessageoutputs', get_string('defaultmessageoutputs', 'message'), new moodle_url('/message/defaultoutputs.php'));
6174 * Manage question behaviours page
6176 * @copyright 2011 The Open University
6177 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
6179 class admin_page_manageqbehaviours
extends admin_externalpage
{
6183 public function __construct() {
6185 parent
::__construct('manageqbehaviours', get_string('manageqbehaviours', 'admin'),
6186 new moodle_url('/admin/qbehaviours.php'));
6190 * Search question behaviours for the specified string
6192 * @param string $query The string to search for in question behaviours
6195 public function search($query) {
6197 if ($result = parent
::search($query)) {
6202 require_once($CFG->dirroot
. '/question/engine/lib.php');
6203 foreach (core_component
::get_plugin_list('qbehaviour') as $behaviour => $notused) {
6204 if (strpos(core_text
::strtolower(question_engine
::get_behaviour_name($behaviour)),
6205 $query) !== false) {
6211 $result = new stdClass();
6212 $result->page
= $this;
6213 $result->settings
= array();
6214 return array($this->name
=> $result);
6223 * Question type manage page
6225 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
6227 class admin_page_manageqtypes
extends admin_externalpage
{
6229 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
6231 public function __construct() {
6233 parent
::__construct('manageqtypes', get_string('manageqtypes', 'admin'),
6234 new moodle_url('/admin/qtypes.php'));
6238 * Search question types for the specified string
6240 * @param string $query The string to search for in question types
6243 public function search($query) {
6245 if ($result = parent
::search($query)) {
6250 require_once($CFG->dirroot
. '/question/engine/bank.php');
6251 foreach (question_bank
::get_all_qtypes() as $qtype) {
6252 if (strpos(core_text
::strtolower($qtype->local_name()), $query) !== false) {
6258 $result = new stdClass();
6259 $result->page
= $this;
6260 $result->settings
= array();
6261 return array($this->name
=> $result);
6269 class admin_page_manageportfolios
extends admin_externalpage
{
6271 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
6273 public function __construct() {
6275 parent
::__construct('manageportfolios', get_string('manageportfolios', 'portfolio'),
6276 "$CFG->wwwroot/$CFG->admin/portfolio.php");
6280 * Searches page for the specified string.
6281 * @param string $query The string to search for
6282 * @return bool True if it is found on this page
6284 public function search($query) {
6286 if ($result = parent
::search($query)) {
6291 $portfolios = core_component
::get_plugin_list('portfolio');
6292 foreach ($portfolios as $p => $dir) {
6293 if (strpos($p, $query) !== false) {
6299 foreach (portfolio_instances(false, false) as $instance) {
6300 $title = $instance->get('name');
6301 if (strpos(core_text
::strtolower($title), $query) !== false) {
6309 $result = new stdClass();
6310 $result->page
= $this;
6311 $result->settings
= array();
6312 return array($this->name
=> $result);
6320 class admin_page_managerepositories
extends admin_externalpage
{
6322 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
6324 public function __construct() {
6326 parent
::__construct('managerepositories', get_string('manage',
6327 'repository'), "$CFG->wwwroot/$CFG->admin/repository.php");
6331 * Searches page for the specified string.
6332 * @param string $query The string to search for
6333 * @return bool True if it is found on this page
6335 public function search($query) {
6337 if ($result = parent
::search($query)) {
6342 $repositories= core_component
::get_plugin_list('repository');
6343 foreach ($repositories as $p => $dir) {
6344 if (strpos($p, $query) !== false) {
6350 foreach (repository
::get_types() as $instance) {
6351 $title = $instance->get_typename();
6352 if (strpos(core_text
::strtolower($title), $query) !== false) {
6360 $result = new stdClass();
6361 $result->page
= $this;
6362 $result->settings
= array();
6363 return array($this->name
=> $result);
6372 * Special class for authentication administration.
6374 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
6376 class admin_setting_manageauths
extends admin_setting
{
6378 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
6380 public function __construct() {
6381 $this->nosave
= true;
6382 parent
::__construct('authsui', get_string('authsettings', 'admin'), '', '');
6386 * Always returns true
6390 public function get_setting() {
6395 * Always returns true
6399 public function get_defaultsetting() {
6404 * Always returns '' and doesn't write anything
6406 * @return string Always returns ''
6408 public function write_setting($data) {
6409 // do not write any setting
6414 * Search to find if Query is related to auth plugin
6416 * @param string $query The string to search for
6417 * @return bool true for related false for not
6419 public function is_related($query) {
6420 if (parent
::is_related($query)) {
6424 $authsavailable = core_component
::get_plugin_list('auth');
6425 foreach ($authsavailable as $auth => $dir) {
6426 if (strpos($auth, $query) !== false) {
6429 $authplugin = get_auth_plugin($auth);
6430 $authtitle = $authplugin->get_title();
6431 if (strpos(core_text
::strtolower($authtitle), $query) !== false) {
6439 * Return XHTML to display control
6441 * @param mixed $data Unused
6442 * @param string $query
6443 * @return string highlight
6445 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
6446 global $CFG, $OUTPUT, $DB;
6449 $txt = get_strings(array('authenticationplugins', 'users', 'administration',
6450 'settings', 'edit', 'name', 'enable', 'disable',
6451 'up', 'down', 'none', 'users'));
6452 $txt->updown
= "$txt->up/$txt->down";
6453 $txt->uninstall
= get_string('uninstallplugin', 'core_admin');
6454 $txt->testsettings
= get_string('testsettings', 'core_auth');
6456 $authsavailable = core_component
::get_plugin_list('auth');
6457 get_enabled_auth_plugins(true); // fix the list of enabled auths
6458 if (empty($CFG->auth
)) {
6459 $authsenabled = array();
6461 $authsenabled = explode(',', $CFG->auth
);
6464 // construct the display array, with enabled auth plugins at the top, in order
6465 $displayauths = array();
6466 $registrationauths = array();
6467 $registrationauths[''] = $txt->disable
;
6468 $authplugins = array();
6469 foreach ($authsenabled as $auth) {
6470 $authplugin = get_auth_plugin($auth);
6471 $authplugins[$auth] = $authplugin;
6472 /// Get the auth title (from core or own auth lang files)
6473 $authtitle = $authplugin->get_title();
6475 $displayauths[$auth] = $authtitle;
6476 if ($authplugin->can_signup()) {
6477 $registrationauths[$auth] = $authtitle;
6481 foreach ($authsavailable as $auth => $dir) {
6482 if (array_key_exists($auth, $displayauths)) {
6483 continue; //already in the list
6485 $authplugin = get_auth_plugin($auth);
6486 $authplugins[$auth] = $authplugin;
6487 /// Get the auth title (from core or own auth lang files)
6488 $authtitle = $authplugin->get_title();
6490 $displayauths[$auth] = $authtitle;
6491 if ($authplugin->can_signup()) {
6492 $registrationauths[$auth] = $authtitle;
6496 $return = $OUTPUT->heading(get_string('actauthhdr', 'auth'), 3, 'main');
6497 $return .= $OUTPUT->box_start('generalbox authsui');
6499 $table = new html_table();
6500 $table->head
= array($txt->name
, $txt->users
, $txt->enable
, $txt->updown
, $txt->settings
, $txt->testsettings
, $txt->uninstall
);
6501 $table->colclasses
= array('leftalign', 'centeralign', 'centeralign', 'centeralign', 'centeralign', 'centeralign', 'centeralign');
6502 $table->data
= array();
6503 $table->attributes
['class'] = 'admintable generaltable';
6504 $table->id
= 'manageauthtable';
6506 //add always enabled plugins first
6507 $displayname = $displayauths['manual'];
6508 $settings = "<a href=\"settings.php?section=authsettingmanual\">{$txt->settings}</a>";
6509 $usercount = $DB->count_records('user', array('auth'=>'manual', 'deleted'=>0));
6510 $table->data
[] = array($displayname, $usercount, '', '', $settings, '', '');
6511 $displayname = $displayauths['nologin'];
6512 $usercount = $DB->count_records('user', array('auth'=>'nologin', 'deleted'=>0));
6513 $table->data
[] = array($displayname, $usercount, '', '', '', '', '');
6516 // iterate through auth plugins and add to the display table
6518 $authcount = count($authsenabled);
6519 $url = "auth.php?sesskey=" . sesskey();
6520 foreach ($displayauths as $auth => $name) {
6521 if ($auth == 'manual' or $auth == 'nologin') {
6526 if (in_array($auth, $authsenabled)) {
6527 $hideshow = "<a href=\"$url&action=disable&auth=$auth\">";
6528 $hideshow .= $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/hide', get_string('disable')) . '</a>';
6530 $displayname = $name;
6533 $hideshow = "<a href=\"$url&action=enable&auth=$auth\">";
6534 $hideshow .= $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/show', get_string('enable')) . '</a>';
6536 $displayname = $name;
6537 $class = 'dimmed_text';
6540 $usercount = $DB->count_records('user', array('auth'=>$auth, 'deleted'=>0));
6542 // up/down link (only if auth is enabled)
6545 if ($updowncount > 1) {
6546 $updown .= "<a href=\"$url&action=up&auth=$auth\">";
6547 $updown .= $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/up', get_string('moveup')) . '</a> ';
6550 $updown .= $OUTPUT->spacer() . ' ';
6552 if ($updowncount < $authcount) {
6553 $updown .= "<a href=\"$url&action=down&auth=$auth\">";
6554 $updown .= $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/down', get_string('movedown')) . '</a> ';
6557 $updown .= $OUTPUT->spacer() . ' ';
6563 if (file_exists($CFG->dirroot
.'/auth/'.$auth.'/settings.php')) {
6564 $settings = "<a href=\"settings.php?section=authsetting$auth\">{$txt->settings}</a>";
6565 } else if (file_exists($CFG->dirroot
.'/auth/'.$auth.'/config.html')) {
6566 $settings = "<a href=\"auth_config.php?auth=$auth\">{$txt->settings}</a>";
6573 if ($uninstallurl = core_plugin_manager
::instance()->get_uninstall_url('auth_'.$auth, 'manage')) {
6574 $uninstall = html_writer
::link($uninstallurl, $txt->uninstall
);
6578 if (!empty($authplugins[$auth]) and method_exists($authplugins[$auth], 'test_settings')) {
6579 $testurl = new moodle_url('/auth/test_settings.php', array('auth'=>$auth, 'sesskey'=>sesskey()));
6580 $test = html_writer
::link($testurl, $txt->testsettings
);
6583 // Add a row to the table.
6584 $row = new html_table_row(array($displayname, $usercount, $hideshow, $updown, $settings, $test, $uninstall));
6586 $row->attributes
['class'] = $class;
6588 $table->data
[] = $row;
6590 $return .= html_writer
::table($table);
6591 $return .= get_string('configauthenticationplugins', 'admin').'<br />'.get_string('tablenosave', 'filters');
6592 $return .= $OUTPUT->box_end();
6593 return highlight($query, $return);
6599 * Special class for authentication administration.
6601 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
6603 class admin_setting_manageeditors
extends admin_setting
{
6605 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
6607 public function __construct() {
6608 $this->nosave
= true;
6609 parent
::__construct('editorsui', get_string('editorsettings', 'editor'), '', '');
6613 * Always returns true, does nothing
6617 public function get_setting() {
6622 * Always returns true, does nothing
6626 public function get_defaultsetting() {
6631 * Always returns '', does not write anything
6633 * @return string Always returns ''
6635 public function write_setting($data) {
6636 // do not write any setting
6641 * Checks if $query is one of the available editors
6643 * @param string $query The string to search for
6644 * @return bool Returns true if found, false if not
6646 public function is_related($query) {
6647 if (parent
::is_related($query)) {
6651 $editors_available = editors_get_available();
6652 foreach ($editors_available as $editor=>$editorstr) {
6653 if (strpos($editor, $query) !== false) {
6656 if (strpos(core_text
::strtolower($editorstr), $query) !== false) {
6664 * Builds the XHTML to display the control
6666 * @param string $data Unused
6667 * @param string $query
6670 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
6671 global $CFG, $OUTPUT;
6674 $txt = get_strings(array('administration', 'settings', 'edit', 'name', 'enable', 'disable',
6675 'up', 'down', 'none'));
6676 $struninstall = get_string('uninstallplugin', 'core_admin');
6678 $txt->updown
= "$txt->up/$txt->down";
6680 $editors_available = editors_get_available();
6681 $active_editors = explode(',', $CFG->texteditors
);
6683 $active_editors = array_reverse($active_editors);
6684 foreach ($active_editors as $key=>$editor) {
6685 if (empty($editors_available[$editor])) {
6686 unset($active_editors[$key]);
6688 $name = $editors_available[$editor];
6689 unset($editors_available[$editor]);
6690 $editors_available[$editor] = $name;
6693 if (empty($active_editors)) {
6694 //$active_editors = array('textarea');
6696 $editors_available = array_reverse($editors_available, true);
6697 $return = $OUTPUT->heading(get_string('acteditorshhdr', 'editor'), 3, 'main', true);
6698 $return .= $OUTPUT->box_start('generalbox editorsui');
6700 $table = new html_table();
6701 $table->head
= array($txt->name
, $txt->enable
, $txt->updown
, $txt->settings
, $struninstall);
6702 $table->colclasses
= array('leftalign', 'centeralign', 'centeralign', 'centeralign', 'centeralign');
6703 $table->id
= 'editormanagement';
6704 $table->attributes
['class'] = 'admintable generaltable';
6705 $table->data
= array();
6707 // iterate through auth plugins and add to the display table
6709 $editorcount = count($active_editors);
6710 $url = "editors.php?sesskey=" . sesskey();
6711 foreach ($editors_available as $editor => $name) {
6714 if (in_array($editor, $active_editors)) {
6715 $hideshow = "<a href=\"$url&action=disable&editor=$editor\">";
6716 $hideshow .= $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/hide', get_string('disable')) . '</a>';
6718 $displayname = $name;
6721 $hideshow = "<a href=\"$url&action=enable&editor=$editor\">";
6722 $hideshow .= $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/show', get_string('enable')) . '</a>';
6724 $displayname = $name;
6725 $class = 'dimmed_text';
6728 // up/down link (only if auth is enabled)
6731 if ($updowncount > 1) {
6732 $updown .= "<a href=\"$url&action=up&editor=$editor\">";
6733 $updown .= $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/up', get_string('moveup')) . '</a> ';
6736 $updown .= $OUTPUT->spacer() . ' ';
6738 if ($updowncount < $editorcount) {
6739 $updown .= "<a href=\"$url&action=down&editor=$editor\">";
6740 $updown .= $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/down', get_string('movedown')) . '</a> ';
6743 $updown .= $OUTPUT->spacer() . ' ';
6749 if (file_exists($CFG->dirroot
.'/lib/editor/'.$editor.'/settings.php')) {
6750 $eurl = new moodle_url('/admin/settings.php', array('section'=>'editorsettings'.$editor));
6751 $settings = "<a href='$eurl'>{$txt->settings}</a>";
6757 if ($uninstallurl = core_plugin_manager
::instance()->get_uninstall_url('editor_'.$editor, 'manage')) {
6758 $uninstall = html_writer
::link($uninstallurl, $struninstall);
6761 // Add a row to the table.
6762 $row = new html_table_row(array($displayname, $hideshow, $updown, $settings, $uninstall));
6764 $row->attributes
['class'] = $class;
6766 $table->data
[] = $row;
6768 $return .= html_writer
::table($table);
6769 $return .= get_string('configeditorplugins', 'editor').'<br />'.get_string('tablenosave', 'admin');
6770 $return .= $OUTPUT->box_end();
6771 return highlight($query, $return);
6776 * Special class for antiviruses administration.
6778 * @copyright 2015 Ruslan Kabalin, Lancaster University.
6779 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
6781 class admin_setting_manageantiviruses
extends admin_setting
{
6783 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
6785 public function __construct() {
6786 $this->nosave
= true;
6787 parent
::__construct('antivirusesui', get_string('antivirussettings', 'antivirus'), '', '');
6791 * Always returns true, does nothing
6795 public function get_setting() {
6800 * Always returns true, does nothing
6804 public function get_defaultsetting() {
6809 * Always returns '', does not write anything
6811 * @param string $data Unused
6812 * @return string Always returns ''
6814 public function write_setting($data) {
6815 // Do not write any setting.
6820 * Checks if $query is one of the available editors
6822 * @param string $query The string to search for
6823 * @return bool Returns true if found, false if not
6825 public function is_related($query) {
6826 if (parent
::is_related($query)) {
6830 $antivirusesavailable = \core\antivirus\manager
::get_available();
6831 foreach ($antivirusesavailable as $antivirus => $antivirusstr) {
6832 if (strpos($antivirus, $query) !== false) {
6835 if (strpos(core_text
::strtolower($antivirusstr), $query) !== false) {
6843 * Builds the XHTML to display the control
6845 * @param string $data Unused
6846 * @param string $query
6849 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
6850 global $CFG, $OUTPUT;
6853 $txt = get_strings(array('administration', 'settings', 'edit', 'name', 'enable', 'disable',
6854 'up', 'down', 'none'));
6855 $struninstall = get_string('uninstallplugin', 'core_admin');
6857 $txt->updown
= "$txt->up/$txt->down";
6859 $antivirusesavailable = \core\antivirus\manager
::get_available();
6860 $activeantiviruses = explode(',', $CFG->antiviruses
);
6862 $activeantiviruses = array_reverse($activeantiviruses);
6863 foreach ($activeantiviruses as $key => $antivirus) {
6864 if (empty($antivirusesavailable[$antivirus])) {
6865 unset($activeantiviruses[$key]);
6867 $name = $antivirusesavailable[$antivirus];
6868 unset($antivirusesavailable[$antivirus]);
6869 $antivirusesavailable[$antivirus] = $name;
6872 $antivirusesavailable = array_reverse($antivirusesavailable, true);
6873 $return = $OUTPUT->heading(get_string('actantivirushdr', 'antivirus'), 3, 'main', true);
6874 $return .= $OUTPUT->box_start('generalbox antivirusesui');
6876 $table = new html_table();
6877 $table->head
= array($txt->name
, $txt->enable
, $txt->updown
, $txt->settings
, $struninstall);
6878 $table->colclasses
= array('leftalign', 'centeralign', 'centeralign', 'centeralign', 'centeralign');
6879 $table->id
= 'antivirusmanagement';
6880 $table->attributes
['class'] = 'admintable generaltable';
6881 $table->data
= array();
6883 // Iterate through auth plugins and add to the display table.
6885 $antiviruscount = count($activeantiviruses);
6886 $baseurl = new moodle_url('/admin/antiviruses.php', array('sesskey' => sesskey()));
6887 foreach ($antivirusesavailable as $antivirus => $name) {
6890 if (in_array($antivirus, $activeantiviruses)) {
6891 $hideshowurl = $baseurl;
6892 $hideshowurl->params(array('action' => 'disable', 'antivirus' => $antivirus));
6893 $hideshowimg = $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/hide', get_string('disable'));
6894 $hideshow = html_writer
::link($hideshowurl, $hideshowimg);
6896 $displayname = $name;
6898 $hideshowurl = $baseurl;
6899 $hideshowurl->params(array('action' => 'enable', 'antivirus' => $antivirus));
6900 $hideshowimg = $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/show', get_string('enable'));
6901 $hideshow = html_writer
::link($hideshowurl, $hideshowimg);
6903 $displayname = $name;
6904 $class = 'dimmed_text';
6910 if ($updowncount > 1) {
6911 $updownurl = $baseurl;
6912 $updownurl->params(array('action' => 'up', 'antivirus' => $antivirus));
6913 $updownimg = $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/up', get_string('moveup'));
6914 $updown = html_writer
::link($updownurl, $updownimg);
6916 $updownimg = $OUTPUT->spacer();
6918 if ($updowncount < $antiviruscount) {
6919 $updownurl = $baseurl;
6920 $updownurl->params(array('action' => 'down', 'antivirus' => $antivirus));
6921 $updownimg = $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/down', get_string('movedown'));
6922 $updown = html_writer
::link($updownurl, $updownimg);
6924 $updownimg = $OUTPUT->spacer();
6930 if (file_exists($CFG->dirroot
.'/lib/antivirus/'.$antivirus.'/settings.php')) {
6931 $eurl = new moodle_url('/admin/settings.php', array('section' => 'antivirussettings'.$antivirus));
6932 $settings = html_writer
::link($eurl, $txt->settings
);
6938 if ($uninstallurl = core_plugin_manager
::instance()->get_uninstall_url('antivirus_'.$antivirus, 'manage')) {
6939 $uninstall = html_writer
::link($uninstallurl, $struninstall);
6942 // Add a row to the table.
6943 $row = new html_table_row(array($displayname, $hideshow, $updown, $settings, $uninstall));
6945 $row->attributes
['class'] = $class;
6947 $table->data
[] = $row;
6949 $return .= html_writer
::table($table);
6950 $return .= get_string('configantivirusplugins', 'antivirus') . html_writer
::empty_tag('br') . get_string('tablenosave', 'admin');
6951 $return .= $OUTPUT->box_end();
6952 return highlight($query, $return);
6957 * Special class for license administration.
6959 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
6961 class admin_setting_managelicenses
extends admin_setting
{
6963 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
6965 public function __construct() {
6966 $this->nosave
= true;
6967 parent
::__construct('licensesui', get_string('licensesettings', 'admin'), '', '');
6971 * Always returns true, does nothing
6975 public function get_setting() {
6980 * Always returns true, does nothing
6984 public function get_defaultsetting() {
6989 * Always returns '', does not write anything
6991 * @return string Always returns ''
6993 public function write_setting($data) {
6994 // do not write any setting
6999 * Builds the XHTML to display the control
7001 * @param string $data Unused
7002 * @param string $query
7005 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
7006 global $CFG, $OUTPUT;
7007 require_once($CFG->libdir
. '/licenselib.php');
7008 $url = "licenses.php?sesskey=" . sesskey();
7011 $txt = get_strings(array('administration', 'settings', 'name', 'enable', 'disable', 'none'));
7012 $licenses = license_manager
::get_licenses();
7014 $return = $OUTPUT->heading(get_string('availablelicenses', 'admin'), 3, 'main', true);
7016 $return .= $OUTPUT->box_start('generalbox editorsui');
7018 $table = new html_table();
7019 $table->head
= array($txt->name
, $txt->enable
);
7020 $table->colclasses
= array('leftalign', 'centeralign');
7021 $table->id
= 'availablelicenses';
7022 $table->attributes
['class'] = 'admintable generaltable';
7023 $table->data
= array();
7025 foreach ($licenses as $value) {
7026 $displayname = html_writer
::link($value->source
, get_string($value->shortname
, 'license'), array('target'=>'_blank'));
7028 if ($value->enabled
== 1) {
7029 $hideshow = html_writer
::link($url.'&action=disable&license='.$value->shortname
,
7030 $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/hide', get_string('disable')));
7032 $hideshow = html_writer
::link($url.'&action=enable&license='.$value->shortname
,
7033 $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/show', get_string('enable')));
7036 if ($value->shortname
== $CFG->sitedefaultlicense
) {
7037 $displayname .= ' '.$OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/locked', get_string('default'));
7043 $table->data
[] =array($displayname, $hideshow);
7045 $return .= html_writer
::table($table);
7046 $return .= $OUTPUT->box_end();
7047 return highlight($query, $return);
7052 * Course formats manager. Allows to enable/disable formats and jump to settings
7054 class admin_setting_manageformats
extends admin_setting
{
7057 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
7059 public function __construct() {
7060 $this->nosave
= true;
7061 parent
::__construct('formatsui', new lang_string('manageformats', 'core_admin'), '', '');
7065 * Always returns true
7069 public function get_setting() {
7074 * Always returns true
7078 public function get_defaultsetting() {
7083 * Always returns '' and doesn't write anything
7085 * @param mixed $data string or array, must not be NULL
7086 * @return string Always returns ''
7088 public function write_setting($data) {
7089 // do not write any setting
7094 * Search to find if Query is related to format plugin
7096 * @param string $query The string to search for
7097 * @return bool true for related false for not
7099 public function is_related($query) {
7100 if (parent
::is_related($query)) {
7103 $formats = core_plugin_manager
::instance()->get_plugins_of_type('format');
7104 foreach ($formats as $format) {
7105 if (strpos($format->component
, $query) !== false ||
7106 strpos(core_text
::strtolower($format->displayname
), $query) !== false) {
7114 * Return XHTML to display control
7116 * @param mixed $data Unused
7117 * @param string $query
7118 * @return string highlight
7120 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
7121 global $CFG, $OUTPUT;
7123 $return = $OUTPUT->heading(new lang_string('courseformats'), 3, 'main');
7124 $return .= $OUTPUT->box_start('generalbox formatsui');
7126 $formats = core_plugin_manager
::instance()->get_plugins_of_type('format');
7129 $txt = get_strings(array('settings', 'name', 'enable', 'disable', 'up', 'down', 'default'));
7130 $txt->uninstall
= get_string('uninstallplugin', 'core_admin');
7131 $txt->updown
= "$txt->up/$txt->down";
7133 $table = new html_table();
7134 $table->head
= array($txt->name
, $txt->enable
, $txt->updown
, $txt->uninstall
, $txt->settings
);
7135 $table->align
= array('left', 'center', 'center', 'center', 'center');
7136 $table->attributes
['class'] = 'manageformattable generaltable admintable';
7137 $table->data
= array();
7140 $defaultformat = get_config('moodlecourse', 'format');
7141 $spacer = $OUTPUT->pix_icon('spacer', '', 'moodle', array('class' => 'iconsmall'));
7142 foreach ($formats as $format) {
7143 $url = new moodle_url('/admin/courseformats.php',
7144 array('sesskey' => sesskey(), 'format' => $format->name
));
7147 if ($format->is_enabled()) {
7148 $strformatname = $format->displayname
;
7149 if ($defaultformat === $format->name
) {
7150 $hideshow = $txt->default;
7152 $hideshow = html_writer
::link($url->out(false, array('action' => 'disable')),
7153 $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/hide', $txt->disable
, 'moodle', array('class' => 'iconsmall')));
7156 $strformatname = $format->displayname
;
7157 $class = 'dimmed_text';
7158 $hideshow = html_writer
::link($url->out(false, array('action' => 'enable')),
7159 $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/show', $txt->enable
, 'moodle', array('class' => 'iconsmall')));
7163 $updown .= html_writer
::link($url->out(false, array('action' => 'up')),
7164 $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/up', $txt->up
, 'moodle', array('class' => 'iconsmall'))). '';
7168 if ($cnt < count($formats) - 1) {
7169 $updown .= ' '.html_writer
::link($url->out(false, array('action' => 'down')),
7170 $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/down', $txt->down
, 'moodle', array('class' => 'iconsmall')));
7176 if ($format->get_settings_url()) {
7177 $settings = html_writer
::link($format->get_settings_url(), $txt->settings
);
7180 if ($uninstallurl = core_plugin_manager
::instance()->get_uninstall_url('format_'.$format->name
, 'manage')) {
7181 $uninstall = html_writer
::link($uninstallurl, $txt->uninstall
);
7183 $row = new html_table_row(array($strformatname, $hideshow, $updown, $uninstall, $settings));
7185 $row->attributes
['class'] = $class;
7187 $table->data
[] = $row;
7189 $return .= html_writer
::table($table);
7190 $link = html_writer
::link(new moodle_url('/admin/settings.php', array('section' => 'coursesettings')), new lang_string('coursesettings'));
7191 $return .= html_writer
::tag('p', get_string('manageformatsgotosettings', 'admin', $link));
7192 $return .= $OUTPUT->box_end();
7193 return highlight($query, $return);
7198 * Data formats manager. Allow reorder and to enable/disable data formats and jump to settings
7200 * @copyright 2016 Brendan Heywood (brendan@catalyst-au.net)
7201 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
7203 class admin_setting_managedataformats
extends admin_setting
{
7206 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
7208 public function __construct() {
7209 $this->nosave
= true;
7210 parent
::__construct('managedataformats', new lang_string('managedataformats'), '', '');
7214 * Always returns true
7218 public function get_setting() {
7223 * Always returns true
7227 public function get_defaultsetting() {
7232 * Always returns '' and doesn't write anything
7234 * @param mixed $data string or array, must not be NULL
7235 * @return string Always returns ''
7237 public function write_setting($data) {
7238 // Do not write any setting.
7243 * Search to find if Query is related to format plugin
7245 * @param string $query The string to search for
7246 * @return bool true for related false for not
7248 public function is_related($query) {
7249 if (parent
::is_related($query)) {
7252 $formats = core_plugin_manager
::instance()->get_plugins_of_type('dataformat');
7253 foreach ($formats as $format) {
7254 if (strpos($format->component
, $query) !== false ||
7255 strpos(core_text
::strtolower($format->displayname
), $query) !== false) {
7263 * Return XHTML to display control
7265 * @param mixed $data Unused
7266 * @param string $query
7267 * @return string highlight
7269 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
7270 global $CFG, $OUTPUT;
7273 $formats = core_plugin_manager
::instance()->get_plugins_of_type('dataformat');
7275 $txt = get_strings(array('settings', 'name', 'enable', 'disable', 'up', 'down', 'default'));
7276 $txt->uninstall
= get_string('uninstallplugin', 'core_admin');
7277 $txt->updown
= "$txt->up/$txt->down";
7279 $table = new html_table();
7280 $table->head
= array($txt->name
, $txt->enable
, $txt->updown
, $txt->uninstall
, $txt->settings
);
7281 $table->align
= array('left', 'center', 'center', 'center', 'center');
7282 $table->attributes
['class'] = 'manageformattable generaltable admintable';
7283 $table->data
= array();
7286 $spacer = $OUTPUT->pix_icon('spacer', '', 'moodle', array('class' => 'iconsmall'));
7288 foreach ($formats as $format) {
7289 if ($format->is_enabled() && $format->is_installed_and_upgraded()) {
7293 foreach ($formats as $format) {
7294 $status = $format->get_status();
7295 $url = new moodle_url('/admin/dataformats.php',
7296 array('sesskey' => sesskey(), 'name' => $format->name
));
7299 if ($format->is_enabled()) {
7300 $strformatname = $format->displayname
;
7301 if ($totalenabled == 1&& $format->is_enabled()) {
7304 $hideshow = html_writer
::link($url->out(false, array('action' => 'disable')),
7305 $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/hide', $txt->disable
, 'moodle', array('class' => 'iconsmall')));
7308 $class = 'dimmed_text';
7309 $strformatname = $format->displayname
;
7310 $hideshow = html_writer
::link($url->out(false, array('action' => 'enable')),
7311 $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/show', $txt->enable
, 'moodle', array('class' => 'iconsmall')));
7316 $updown .= html_writer
::link($url->out(false, array('action' => 'up')),
7317 $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/up', $txt->up
, 'moodle', array('class' => 'iconsmall'))). '';
7321 if ($cnt < count($formats) - 1) {
7322 $updown .= ' '.html_writer
::link($url->out(false, array('action' => 'down')),
7323 $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/down', $txt->down
, 'moodle', array('class' => 'iconsmall')));
7329 if ($status === core_plugin_manager
::PLUGIN_STATUS_MISSING
) {
7330 $uninstall = get_string('status_missing', 'core_plugin');
7331 } else if ($status === core_plugin_manager
::PLUGIN_STATUS_NEW
) {
7332 $uninstall = get_string('status_new', 'core_plugin');
7333 } else if ($uninstallurl = core_plugin_manager
::instance()->get_uninstall_url('dataformat_'.$format->name
, 'manage')) {
7334 if ($totalenabled != 1 ||
!$format->is_enabled()) {
7335 $uninstall = html_writer
::link($uninstallurl, $txt->uninstall
);
7340 if ($format->get_settings_url()) {
7341 $settings = html_writer
::link($format->get_settings_url(), $txt->settings
);
7344 $row = new html_table_row(array($strformatname, $hideshow, $updown, $uninstall, $settings));
7346 $row->attributes
['class'] = $class;
7348 $table->data
[] = $row;
7351 $return .= html_writer
::table($table);
7352 return highlight($query, $return);
7357 * Special class for filter administration.
7359 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
7361 class admin_page_managefilters
extends admin_externalpage
{
7363 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
7365 public function __construct() {
7367 parent
::__construct('managefilters', get_string('filtersettings', 'admin'), "$CFG->wwwroot/$CFG->admin/filters.php");
7371 * Searches all installed filters for specified filter
7373 * @param string $query The filter(string) to search for
7374 * @param string $query
7376 public function search($query) {
7378 if ($result = parent
::search($query)) {
7383 $filternames = filter_get_all_installed();
7384 foreach ($filternames as $path => $strfiltername) {
7385 if (strpos(core_text
::strtolower($strfiltername), $query) !== false) {
7389 if (strpos($path, $query) !== false) {
7396 $result = new stdClass
;
7397 $result->page
= $this;
7398 $result->settings
= array();
7399 return array($this->name
=> $result);
7407 * Generic class for managing plugins in a table that allows re-ordering and enable/disable of each plugin.
7408 * Requires a get_rank method on the plugininfo class for sorting.
7410 * @copyright 2017 Damyon Wiese
7411 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
7413 abstract class admin_setting_manage_plugins
extends admin_setting
{
7416 * Get the admin settings section name (just a unique string)
7420 public function get_section_name() {
7421 return 'manage' . $this->get_plugin_type() . 'plugins';
7425 * Get the admin settings section title (use get_string).
7429 abstract public function get_section_title();
7432 * Get the type of plugin to manage.
7436 abstract public function get_plugin_type();
7439 * Get the name of the second column.
7443 public function get_info_column_name() {
7448 * Get the type of plugin to manage.
7450 * @param plugininfo The plugin info class.
7453 abstract public function get_info_column($plugininfo);
7456 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
7458 public function __construct() {
7459 $this->nosave
= true;
7460 parent
::__construct($this->get_section_name(), $this->get_section_title(), '', '');
7464 * Always returns true, does nothing
7468 public function get_setting() {
7473 * Always returns true, does nothing
7477 public function get_defaultsetting() {
7482 * Always returns '', does not write anything
7484 * @param mixed $data
7485 * @return string Always returns ''
7487 public function write_setting($data) {
7488 // Do not write any setting.
7493 * Checks if $query is one of the available plugins of this type
7495 * @param string $query The string to search for
7496 * @return bool Returns true if found, false if not
7498 public function is_related($query) {
7499 if (parent
::is_related($query)) {
7503 $query = core_text
::strtolower($query);
7504 $plugins = core_plugin_manager
::instance()->get_plugins_of_type($this->get_plugin_type());
7505 foreach ($plugins as $name => $plugin) {
7506 $localised = $plugin->displayname
;
7507 if (strpos(core_text
::strtolower($name), $query) !== false) {
7510 if (strpos(core_text
::strtolower($localised), $query) !== false) {
7518 * The URL for the management page for this plugintype.
7520 * @return moodle_url
7522 protected function get_manage_url() {
7523 return new moodle_url('/admin/updatesetting.php');
7527 * Builds the HTML to display the control.
7529 * @param string $data Unused
7530 * @param string $query
7533 public function output_html($data, $query = '') {
7534 global $CFG, $OUTPUT, $DB, $PAGE;
7536 $context = (object) [
7537 'manageurl' => new moodle_url($this->get_manage_url(), [
7538 'type' => $this->get_plugin_type(),
7539 'sesskey' => sesskey(),
7541 'infocolumnname' => $this->get_info_column_name(),
7545 $pluginmanager = core_plugin_manager
::instance();
7546 $allplugins = $pluginmanager->get_plugins_of_type($this->get_plugin_type());
7547 $enabled = $pluginmanager->get_enabled_plugins($this->get_plugin_type());
7548 $plugins = array_merge($enabled, $allplugins);
7549 foreach ($plugins as $key => $plugin) {
7550 $pluginlink = new moodle_url($context->manageurl
, ['plugin' => $key]);
7552 $pluginkey = (object) [
7553 'plugin' => $plugin->displayname
,
7554 'enabled' => $plugin->is_enabled(),
7557 'movedownlink' => '',
7558 'settingslink' => $plugin->get_settings_url(),
7559 'uninstalllink' => '',
7563 // Enable/Disable link.
7564 $togglelink = new moodle_url($pluginlink);
7565 if ($plugin->is_enabled()) {
7566 $toggletarget = false;
7567 $togglelink->param('action', 'disable');
7569 if (count($context->plugins
)) {
7570 // This is not the first plugin.
7571 $pluginkey->moveuplink
= new moodle_url($pluginlink, ['action' => 'up']);
7574 if (count($enabled) > count($context->plugins
) +
1) {
7575 // This is not the last plugin.
7576 $pluginkey->movedownlink
= new moodle_url($pluginlink, ['action' => 'down']);
7579 $pluginkey->info
= $this->get_info_column($plugin);
7581 $toggletarget = true;
7582 $togglelink->param('action', 'enable');
7585 $pluginkey->toggletarget
= $toggletarget;
7586 $pluginkey->togglelink
= $togglelink;
7588 $frankenstyle = $plugin->type
. '_' . $plugin->name
;
7589 if ($uninstalllink = core_plugin_manager
::instance()->get_uninstall_url($frankenstyle, 'manage')) {
7590 // This plugin supports uninstallation.
7591 $pluginkey->uninstalllink
= $uninstalllink;
7594 if (!empty($this->get_info_column_name())) {
7595 // This plugintype has an info column.
7596 $pluginkey->info
= $this->get_info_column($plugin);
7599 $context->plugins
[] = $pluginkey;
7602 $str = $OUTPUT->render_from_template('core_admin/setting_manage_plugins', $context);
7603 return highlight($query, $str);
7608 * Generic class for managing plugins in a table that allows re-ordering and enable/disable of each plugin.
7609 * Requires a get_rank method on the plugininfo class for sorting.
7611 * @copyright 2017 Andrew Nicols <andrew@nicols.co.uk>
7612 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
7614 class admin_setting_manage_fileconverter_plugins
extends admin_setting_manage_plugins
{
7615 public function get_section_title() {
7616 return get_string('type_fileconverter_plural', 'plugin');
7619 public function get_plugin_type() {
7620 return 'fileconverter';
7623 public function get_info_column_name() {
7624 return get_string('supportedconversions', 'plugin');
7627 public function get_info_column($plugininfo) {
7628 return $plugininfo->get_supported_conversions();
7633 * Special class for media player plugins management.
7635 * @copyright 2016 Marina Glancy
7636 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
7638 class admin_setting_managemediaplayers
extends admin_setting
{
7640 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
7642 public function __construct() {
7643 $this->nosave
= true;
7644 parent
::__construct('managemediaplayers', get_string('managemediaplayers', 'media'), '', '');
7648 * Always returns true, does nothing
7652 public function get_setting() {
7657 * Always returns true, does nothing
7661 public function get_defaultsetting() {
7666 * Always returns '', does not write anything
7668 * @param mixed $data
7669 * @return string Always returns ''
7671 public function write_setting($data) {
7672 // Do not write any setting.
7677 * Checks if $query is one of the available enrol plugins
7679 * @param string $query The string to search for
7680 * @return bool Returns true if found, false if not
7682 public function is_related($query) {
7683 if (parent
::is_related($query)) {
7687 $query = core_text
::strtolower($query);
7688 $plugins = core_plugin_manager
::instance()->get_plugins_of_type('media');
7689 foreach ($plugins as $name => $plugin) {
7690 $localised = $plugin->displayname
;
7691 if (strpos(core_text
::strtolower($name), $query) !== false) {
7694 if (strpos(core_text
::strtolower($localised), $query) !== false) {
7702 * Sort plugins so enabled plugins are displayed first and all others are displayed in the end sorted by rank.
7703 * @return \core\plugininfo\media[]
7705 protected function get_sorted_plugins() {
7706 $pluginmanager = core_plugin_manager
::instance();
7708 $plugins = $pluginmanager->get_plugins_of_type('media');
7709 $enabledplugins = $pluginmanager->get_enabled_plugins('media');
7711 // Sort plugins so enabled plugins are displayed first and all others are displayed in the end sorted by rank.
7712 \core_collator
::asort_objects_by_method($plugins, 'get_rank', \core_collator
::SORT_NUMERIC
);
7714 $order = array_values($enabledplugins);
7715 $order = array_merge($order, array_diff(array_reverse(array_keys($plugins)), $order));
7717 $sortedplugins = array();
7718 foreach ($order as $name) {
7719 $sortedplugins[$name] = $plugins[$name];
7722 return $sortedplugins;
7726 * Builds the XHTML to display the control
7728 * @param string $data Unused
7729 * @param string $query
7732 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
7733 global $CFG, $OUTPUT, $DB, $PAGE;
7736 $strup = get_string('up');
7737 $strdown = get_string('down');
7738 $strsettings = get_string('settings');
7739 $strenable = get_string('enable');
7740 $strdisable = get_string('disable');
7741 $struninstall = get_string('uninstallplugin', 'core_admin');
7742 $strversion = get_string('version');
7743 $strname = get_string('name');
7744 $strsupports = get_string('supports', 'core_media');
7746 $pluginmanager = core_plugin_manager
::instance();
7748 $plugins = $this->get_sorted_plugins();
7749 $enabledplugins = $pluginmanager->get_enabled_plugins('media');
7751 $return = $OUTPUT->box_start('generalbox mediaplayersui');
7753 $table = new html_table();
7754 $table->head
= array($strname, $strsupports, $strversion,
7755 $strenable, $strup.'/'.$strdown, $strsettings, $struninstall);
7756 $table->colclasses
= array('leftalign', 'leftalign', 'centeralign',
7757 'centeralign', 'centeralign', 'centeralign', 'centeralign');
7758 $table->id
= 'mediaplayerplugins';
7759 $table->attributes
['class'] = 'admintable generaltable';
7760 $table->data
= array();
7762 // Iterate through media plugins and add to the display table.
7764 $url = new moodle_url('/admin/media.php', array('sesskey' => sesskey()));
7766 $spacer = $OUTPUT->pix_icon('spacer', '', 'moodle', array('class' => 'iconsmall'));
7768 $usedextensions = [];
7769 foreach ($plugins as $name => $plugin) {
7770 $url->param('media', $name);
7771 $plugininfo = $pluginmanager->get_plugin_info('media_'.$name);
7772 $version = $plugininfo->versiondb
;
7773 $supports = $plugininfo->supports($usedextensions);
7777 if (!$plugininfo->is_installed_and_upgraded()) {
7780 $displayname = '<span class="notifyproblem">'.$name.'</span>';
7782 $enabled = $plugininfo->is_enabled();
7784 $hideshow = html_writer
::link(new moodle_url($url, array('action' => 'disable')),
7785 $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/hide', $strdisable, 'moodle', array('class' => 'iconsmall')));
7787 $hideshow = html_writer
::link(new moodle_url($url, array('action' => 'enable')),
7788 $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/show', $strenable, 'moodle', array('class' => 'iconsmall')));
7789 $class = 'dimmed_text';
7791 $displayname = $plugin->displayname
;
7792 if (get_string_manager()->string_exists('pluginname_help', 'media_' . $name)) {
7793 $displayname .= ' ' . $OUTPUT->help_icon('pluginname', 'media_' . $name);
7796 if ($PAGE->theme
->resolve_image_location('icon', 'media_' . $name, false)) {
7797 $icon = $OUTPUT->pix_icon('icon', '', 'media_' . $name, array('class' => 'icon pluginicon'));
7799 $icon = $OUTPUT->pix_icon('spacer', '', 'moodle', array('class' => 'icon pluginicon noicon'));
7802 // Up/down link (only if enrol is enabled).
7805 if ($updowncount > 1) {
7806 $updown = html_writer
::link(new moodle_url($url, array('action' => 'up')),
7807 $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/up', $strup, 'moodle', array('class' => 'iconsmall')));
7811 if ($updowncount < count($enabledplugins)) {
7812 $updown .= html_writer
::link(new moodle_url($url, array('action' => 'down')),
7813 $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/down', $strdown, 'moodle', array('class' => 'iconsmall')));
7821 $status = $plugininfo->get_status();
7822 if ($status === core_plugin_manager
::PLUGIN_STATUS_MISSING
) {
7823 $uninstall = get_string('status_missing', 'core_plugin') . '<br/>';
7825 if ($status === core_plugin_manager
::PLUGIN_STATUS_NEW
) {
7826 $uninstall = get_string('status_new', 'core_plugin');
7827 } else if ($uninstallurl = $pluginmanager->get_uninstall_url('media_'.$name, 'manage')) {
7828 $uninstall .= html_writer
::link($uninstallurl, $struninstall);
7832 if ($plugininfo->get_settings_url()) {
7833 $settings = html_writer
::link($plugininfo->get_settings_url(), $strsettings);
7836 // Add a row to the table.
7837 $row = new html_table_row(array($icon.$displayname, $supports, $version, $hideshow, $updown, $settings, $uninstall));
7839 $row->attributes
['class'] = $class;
7841 $table->data
[] = $row;
7843 $printed[$name] = true;
7846 $return .= html_writer
::table($table);
7847 $return .= $OUTPUT->box_end();
7848 return highlight($query, $return);
7853 * Initialise admin page - this function does require login and permission
7854 * checks specified in page definition.
7856 * This function must be called on each admin page before other code.
7858 * @global moodle_page $PAGE
7860 * @param string $section name of page
7861 * @param string $extrabutton extra HTML that is added after the blocks editing on/off button.
7862 * @param array $extraurlparams an array paramname => paramvalue, or parameters that need to be
7863 * added to the turn blocks editing on/off form, so this page reloads correctly.
7864 * @param string $actualurl if the actual page being viewed is not the normal one for this
7865 * page (e.g. admin/roles/allow.php, instead of admin/roles/manage.php, you can pass the alternate URL here.
7866 * @param array $options Additional options that can be specified for page setup.
7867 * pagelayout - This option can be used to set a specific pagelyaout, admin is default.
7869 function admin_externalpage_setup($section, $extrabutton = '', array $extraurlparams = null, $actualurl = '', array $options = array()) {
7870 global $CFG, $PAGE, $USER, $SITE, $OUTPUT;
7872 $PAGE->set_context(null); // hack - set context to something, by default to system context
7877 if (!empty($options['pagelayout'])) {
7878 // A specific page layout has been requested.
7879 $PAGE->set_pagelayout($options['pagelayout']);
7880 } else if ($section === 'upgradesettings') {
7881 $PAGE->set_pagelayout('maintenance');
7883 $PAGE->set_pagelayout('admin');
7886 $adminroot = admin_get_root(false, false); // settings not required for external pages
7887 $extpage = $adminroot->locate($section, true);
7889 if (empty($extpage) or !($extpage instanceof admin_externalpage
)) {
7890 // The requested section isn't in the admin tree
7891 // It could be because the user has inadequate capapbilities or because the section doesn't exist
7892 if (!has_capability('moodle/site:config', context_system
::instance())) {
7893 // The requested section could depend on a different capability
7894 // but most likely the user has inadequate capabilities
7895 print_error('accessdenied', 'admin');
7897 print_error('sectionerror', 'admin', "$CFG->wwwroot/$CFG->admin/");
7901 // this eliminates our need to authenticate on the actual pages
7902 if (!$extpage->check_access()) {
7903 print_error('accessdenied', 'admin');
7907 navigation_node
::require_admin_tree();
7909 // $PAGE->set_extra_button($extrabutton); TODO
7912 $actualurl = $extpage->url
;
7915 $PAGE->set_url($actualurl, $extraurlparams);
7916 if (strpos($PAGE->pagetype
, 'admin-') !== 0) {
7917 $PAGE->set_pagetype('admin-' . $PAGE->pagetype
);
7920 if (empty($SITE->fullname
) ||
empty($SITE->shortname
)) {
7921 // During initial install.
7922 $strinstallation = get_string('installation', 'install');
7923 $strsettings = get_string('settings');
7924 $PAGE->navbar
->add($strsettings);
7925 $PAGE->set_title($strinstallation);
7926 $PAGE->set_heading($strinstallation);
7927 $PAGE->set_cacheable(false);
7931 // Locate the current item on the navigation and make it active when found.
7932 $path = $extpage->path
;
7933 $node = $PAGE->settingsnav
;
7934 while ($node && count($path) > 0) {
7935 $node = $node->get(array_pop($path));
7938 $node->make_active();
7942 $adminediting = optional_param('adminedit', -1, PARAM_BOOL
);
7943 if ($PAGE->user_allowed_editing() && $adminediting != -1) {
7944 $USER->editing
= $adminediting;
7947 $visiblepathtosection = array_reverse($extpage->visiblepath
);
7949 if ($PAGE->user_allowed_editing()) {
7950 if ($PAGE->user_is_editing()) {
7951 $caption = get_string('blockseditoff');
7952 $url = new moodle_url($PAGE->url
, array('adminedit'=>'0', 'sesskey'=>sesskey()));
7954 $caption = get_string('blocksediton');
7955 $url = new moodle_url($PAGE->url
, array('adminedit'=>'1', 'sesskey'=>sesskey()));
7957 $PAGE->set_button($OUTPUT->single_button($url, $caption, 'get'));
7960 $PAGE->set_title("$SITE->shortname: " . implode(": ", $visiblepathtosection));
7961 $PAGE->set_heading($SITE->fullname
);
7963 // prevent caching in nav block
7964 $PAGE->navigation
->clear_cache();
7968 * Returns the reference to admin tree root
7970 * @return object admin_root object
7972 function admin_get_root($reload=false, $requirefulltree=true) {
7973 global $CFG, $DB, $OUTPUT;
7975 static $ADMIN = NULL;
7977 if (is_null($ADMIN)) {
7978 // create the admin tree!
7979 $ADMIN = new admin_root($requirefulltree);
7982 if ($reload or ($requirefulltree and !$ADMIN->fulltree
)) {
7983 $ADMIN->purge_children($requirefulltree);
7986 if (!$ADMIN->loaded
) {
7987 // we process this file first to create categories first and in correct order
7988 require($CFG->dirroot
.'/'.$CFG->admin
.'/settings/top.php');
7990 // now we process all other files in admin/settings to build the admin tree
7991 foreach (glob($CFG->dirroot
.'/'.$CFG->admin
.'/settings/*.php') as $file) {
7992 if ($file == $CFG->dirroot
.'/'.$CFG->admin
.'/settings/top.php') {
7995 if ($file == $CFG->dirroot
.'/'.$CFG->admin
.'/settings/plugins.php') {
7996 // plugins are loaded last - they may insert pages anywhere
8001 require($CFG->dirroot
.'/'.$CFG->admin
.'/settings/plugins.php');
8003 $ADMIN->loaded
= true;
8009 /// settings utility functions
8012 * This function applies default settings.
8014 * @param object $node, NULL means complete tree, null by default
8015 * @param bool $unconditional if true overrides all values with defaults, null buy default
8017 function admin_apply_default_settings($node=NULL, $unconditional=true) {
8020 if (is_null($node)) {
8021 core_plugin_manager
::reset_caches();
8022 $node = admin_get_root(true, true);
8025 if ($node instanceof admin_category
) {
8026 $entries = array_keys($node->children
);
8027 foreach ($entries as $entry) {
8028 admin_apply_default_settings($node->children
[$entry], $unconditional);
8031 } else if ($node instanceof admin_settingpage
) {
8032 foreach ($node->settings
as $setting) {
8033 if (!$unconditional and !is_null($setting->get_setting())) {
8034 //do not override existing defaults
8037 $defaultsetting = $setting->get_defaultsetting();
8038 if (is_null($defaultsetting)) {
8039 // no value yet - default maybe applied after admin user creation or in upgradesettings
8042 $setting->write_setting($defaultsetting);
8043 $setting->write_setting_flags(null);
8046 // Just in case somebody modifies the list of active plugins directly.
8047 core_plugin_manager
::reset_caches();
8051 * Store changed settings, this function updates the errors variable in $ADMIN
8053 * @param object $formdata from form
8054 * @return int number of changed settings
8056 function admin_write_settings($formdata) {
8057 global $CFG, $SITE, $DB;
8059 $olddbsessions = !empty($CFG->dbsessions
);
8060 $formdata = (array)$formdata;
8063 foreach ($formdata as $fullname=>$value) {
8064 if (strpos($fullname, 's_') !== 0) {
8065 continue; // not a config value
8067 $data[$fullname] = $value;
8070 $adminroot = admin_get_root();
8071 $settings = admin_find_write_settings($adminroot, $data);
8074 foreach ($settings as $fullname=>$setting) {
8075 /** @var $setting admin_setting */
8076 $original = $setting->get_setting();
8077 $error = $setting->write_setting($data[$fullname]);
8078 if ($error !== '') {
8079 $adminroot->errors
[$fullname] = new stdClass();
8080 $adminroot->errors
[$fullname]->data
= $data[$fullname];
8081 $adminroot->errors
[$fullname]->id
= $setting->get_id();
8082 $adminroot->errors
[$fullname]->error
= $error;
8084 $setting->write_setting_flags($data);
8086 if ($setting->post_write_settings($original)) {
8091 if ($olddbsessions != !empty($CFG->dbsessions
)) {
8095 // Now update $SITE - just update the fields, in case other people have a
8096 // a reference to it (e.g. $PAGE, $COURSE).
8097 $newsite = $DB->get_record('course', array('id'=>$SITE->id
));
8098 foreach (get_object_vars($newsite) as $field => $value) {
8099 $SITE->$field = $value;
8102 // now reload all settings - some of them might depend on the changed
8103 admin_get_root(true);
8108 * Internal recursive function - finds all settings from submitted form
8110 * @param object $node Instance of admin_category, or admin_settingpage
8111 * @param array $data
8114 function admin_find_write_settings($node, $data) {
8121 if ($node instanceof admin_category
) {
8122 if ($node->check_access()) {
8123 $entries = array_keys($node->children
);
8124 foreach ($entries as $entry) {
8125 $return = array_merge($return, admin_find_write_settings($node->children
[$entry], $data));
8129 } else if ($node instanceof admin_settingpage
) {
8130 if ($node->check_access()) {
8131 foreach ($node->settings
as $setting) {
8132 $fullname = $setting->get_full_name();
8133 if (array_key_exists($fullname, $data)) {
8134 $return[$fullname] = $setting;
8145 * Internal function - prints the search results
8147 * @param string $query String to search for
8148 * @return string empty or XHTML
8150 function admin_search_settings_html($query) {
8151 global $CFG, $OUTPUT, $PAGE;
8153 if (core_text
::strlen($query) < 2) {
8156 $query = core_text
::strtolower($query);
8158 $adminroot = admin_get_root();
8159 $findings = $adminroot->search($query);
8160 $savebutton = false;
8162 $tpldata = (object) [
8163 'actionurl' => $PAGE->url
->out(false),
8165 'sesskey' => sesskey(),
8168 foreach ($findings as $found) {
8169 $page = $found->page
;
8170 $settings = $found->settings
;
8171 if ($page->is_hidden()) {
8172 // hidden pages are not displayed in search results
8176 $heading = highlight($query, $page->visiblename
);
8178 if ($page instanceof admin_externalpage
) {
8179 $headingurl = new moodle_url($page->url
);
8180 } else if ($page instanceof admin_settingpage
) {
8181 $headingurl = new moodle_url('/admin/settings.php', ['section' => $page->name
]);
8186 $sectionsettings = [];
8187 if (!empty($settings)) {
8188 foreach ($settings as $setting) {
8189 if (empty($setting->nosave
)) {
8192 $fullname = $setting->get_full_name();
8193 if (array_key_exists($fullname, $adminroot->errors
)) {
8194 $data = $adminroot->errors
[$fullname]->data
;
8196 $data = $setting->get_setting();
8197 // do not use defaults if settings not available - upgradesettings handles the defaults!
8199 $sectionsettings[] = $setting->output_html($data, $query);
8203 $tpldata->results
[] = (object) [
8204 'title' => $heading,
8205 'url' => $headingurl->out(false),
8206 'settings' => $sectionsettings
8210 $tpldata->showsave
= $savebutton;
8211 $tpldata->hasresults
= !empty($tpldata->results
);
8213 return $OUTPUT->render_from_template('core_admin/settings_search_results', $tpldata);
8217 * Internal function - returns arrays of html pages with uninitialised settings
8219 * @param object $node Instance of admin_category or admin_settingpage
8222 function admin_output_new_settings_by_page($node) {
8226 if ($node instanceof admin_category
) {
8227 $entries = array_keys($node->children
);
8228 foreach ($entries as $entry) {
8229 $return +
= admin_output_new_settings_by_page($node->children
[$entry]);
8232 } else if ($node instanceof admin_settingpage
) {
8233 $newsettings = array();
8234 foreach ($node->settings
as $setting) {
8235 if (is_null($setting->get_setting())) {
8236 $newsettings[] = $setting;
8239 if (count($newsettings) > 0) {
8240 $adminroot = admin_get_root();
8241 $page = $OUTPUT->heading(get_string('upgradesettings','admin').' - '.$node->visiblename
, 2, 'main');
8242 $page .= '<fieldset class="adminsettings">'."\n";
8243 foreach ($newsettings as $setting) {
8244 $fullname = $setting->get_full_name();
8245 if (array_key_exists($fullname, $adminroot->errors
)) {
8246 $data = $adminroot->errors
[$fullname]->data
;
8248 $data = $setting->get_setting();
8249 if (is_null($data)) {
8250 $data = $setting->get_defaultsetting();
8253 $page .= '<div class="clearer"><!-- --></div>'."\n";
8254 $page .= $setting->output_html($data);
8256 $page .= '</fieldset>';
8257 $return[$node->name
] = $page;
8265 * Format admin settings
8267 * @param object $setting
8268 * @param string $title label element
8269 * @param string $form form fragment, html code - not highlighted automatically
8270 * @param string $description
8271 * @param mixed $label link label to id, true by default or string being the label to connect it to
8272 * @param string $warning warning text
8273 * @param sting $defaultinfo defaults info, null means nothing, '' is converted to "Empty" string, defaults to null
8274 * @param string $query search query to be highlighted
8275 * @return string XHTML
8277 function format_admin_setting($setting, $title='', $form='', $description='', $label=true, $warning='', $defaultinfo=NULL, $query='') {
8278 global $CFG, $OUTPUT;
8280 $context = (object) [
8281 'name' => empty($setting->plugin
) ?
$setting->name
: "$setting->plugin | $setting->name",
8282 'fullname' => $setting->get_full_name(),
8285 // Sometimes the id is not id_s_name, but id_s_name_m or something, and this does not validate.
8286 if ($label === true) {
8287 $context->labelfor
= $setting->get_id();
8288 } else if ($label === false) {
8289 $context->labelfor
= '';
8291 $context->labelfor
= $label;
8294 $form .= $setting->output_setting_flags();
8296 $context->warning
= $warning;
8297 $context->override
= '';
8298 if (empty($setting->plugin
)) {
8299 if (array_key_exists($setting->name
, $CFG->config_php_settings
)) {
8300 $context->override
= get_string('configoverride', 'admin');
8303 if (array_key_exists($setting->plugin
, $CFG->forced_plugin_settings
) and array_key_exists($setting->name
, $CFG->forced_plugin_settings
[$setting->plugin
])) {
8304 $context->override
= get_string('configoverride', 'admin');
8308 $defaults = array();
8309 if (!is_null($defaultinfo)) {
8310 if ($defaultinfo === '') {
8311 $defaultinfo = get_string('emptysettingvalue', 'admin');
8313 $defaults[] = $defaultinfo;
8316 $context->default = null;
8317 $setting->get_setting_flag_defaults($defaults);
8318 if (!empty($defaults)) {
8319 $defaultinfo = implode(', ', $defaults);
8320 $defaultinfo = highlight($query, nl2br(s($defaultinfo)));
8321 $context->default = get_string('defaultsettinginfo', 'admin', $defaultinfo);
8325 $context->error
= '';
8326 $adminroot = admin_get_root();
8327 if (array_key_exists($context->fullname
, $adminroot->errors
)) {
8328 $context->error
= $adminroot->errors
[$context->fullname
]->error
;
8331 $context->id
= 'admin-' . $setting->name
;
8332 $context->title
= highlightfast($query, $title);
8333 $context->name
= highlightfast($query, $context->name
);
8334 $context->description
= highlight($query, markdown_to_html($description));
8335 $context->element
= $form;
8336 $context->forceltr
= $setting->get_force_ltr();
8338 return $OUTPUT->render_from_template('core_admin/setting', $context);
8342 * Based on find_new_settings{@link ()} in upgradesettings.php
8343 * Looks to find any admin settings that have not been initialized. Returns 1 if it finds any.
8345 * @param object $node Instance of admin_category, or admin_settingpage
8346 * @return boolean true if any settings haven't been initialised, false if they all have
8348 function any_new_admin_settings($node) {
8350 if ($node instanceof admin_category
) {
8351 $entries = array_keys($node->children
);
8352 foreach ($entries as $entry) {
8353 if (any_new_admin_settings($node->children
[$entry])) {
8358 } else if ($node instanceof admin_settingpage
) {
8359 foreach ($node->settings
as $setting) {
8360 if ($setting->get_setting() === NULL) {
8370 * Moved from admin/replace.php so that we can use this in cron
8372 * @param string $search string to look for
8373 * @param string $replace string to replace
8374 * @return bool success or fail
8376 function db_replace($search, $replace) {
8377 global $DB, $CFG, $OUTPUT;
8379 // TODO: this is horrible hack, we should do whitelisting and each plugin should be responsible for proper replacing...
8380 $skiptables = array('config', 'config_plugins', 'config_log', 'upgrade_log', 'log',
8381 'filter_config', 'sessions', 'events_queue', 'repository_instance_config',
8382 'block_instances', '');
8384 // Turn off time limits, sometimes upgrades can be slow.
8385 core_php_time_limit
::raise();
8387 if (!$tables = $DB->get_tables() ) { // No tables yet at all.
8390 foreach ($tables as $table) {
8392 if (in_array($table, $skiptables)) { // Don't process these
8396 if ($columns = $DB->get_columns($table)) {
8397 $DB->set_debug(true);
8398 foreach ($columns as $column) {
8399 $DB->replace_all_text($table, $column, $search, $replace);
8401 $DB->set_debug(false);
8405 // delete modinfo caches
8406 rebuild_course_cache(0, true);
8408 // TODO: we should ask all plugins to do the search&replace, for now let's do only blocks...
8409 $blocks = core_component
::get_plugin_list('block');
8410 foreach ($blocks as $blockname=>$fullblock) {
8411 if ($blockname === 'NEWBLOCK') { // Someone has unzipped the template, ignore it
8415 if (!is_readable($fullblock.'/lib.php')) {
8419 $function = 'block_'.$blockname.'_global_db_replace';
8420 include_once($fullblock.'/lib.php');
8421 if (!function_exists($function)) {
8425 echo $OUTPUT->notification("Replacing in $blockname blocks...", 'notifysuccess');
8426 $function($search, $replace);
8427 echo $OUTPUT->notification("...finished", 'notifysuccess');
8436 * Manage repository settings
8438 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
8440 class admin_setting_managerepository
extends admin_setting
{
8445 * calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
8447 public function __construct() {
8449 parent
::__construct('managerepository', get_string('manage', 'repository'), '', '');
8450 $this->baseurl
= $CFG->wwwroot
. '/' . $CFG->admin
. '/repository.php?sesskey=' . sesskey();
8454 * Always returns true, does nothing
8458 public function get_setting() {
8463 * Always returns true does nothing
8467 public function get_defaultsetting() {
8472 * Always returns s_managerepository
8474 * @return string Always return 's_managerepository'
8476 public function get_full_name() {
8477 return 's_managerepository';
8481 * Always returns '' doesn't do anything
8483 public function write_setting($data) {
8484 $url = $this->baseurl
. '&new=' . $data;
8487 // Should not use redirect and exit here
8488 // Find a better way to do this.
8494 * Searches repository plugins for one that matches $query
8496 * @param string $query The string to search for
8497 * @return bool true if found, false if not
8499 public function is_related($query) {
8500 if (parent
::is_related($query)) {
8504 $repositories= core_component
::get_plugin_list('repository');
8505 foreach ($repositories as $p => $dir) {
8506 if (strpos($p, $query) !== false) {
8510 foreach (repository
::get_types() as $instance) {
8511 $title = $instance->get_typename();
8512 if (strpos(core_text
::strtolower($title), $query) !== false) {
8520 * Helper function that generates a moodle_url object
8521 * relevant to the repository
8524 function repository_action_url($repository) {
8525 return new moodle_url($this->baseurl
, array('sesskey'=>sesskey(), 'repos'=>$repository));
8529 * Builds XHTML to display the control
8531 * @param string $data Unused
8532 * @param string $query
8533 * @return string XHTML
8535 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
8536 global $CFG, $USER, $OUTPUT;
8538 // Get strings that are used
8539 $strshow = get_string('on', 'repository');
8540 $strhide = get_string('off', 'repository');
8541 $strdelete = get_string('disabled', 'repository');
8543 $actionchoicesforexisting = array(
8546 'delete' => $strdelete
8549 $actionchoicesfornew = array(
8550 'newon' => $strshow,
8551 'newoff' => $strhide,
8552 'delete' => $strdelete
8556 $return .= $OUTPUT->box_start('generalbox');
8558 // Set strings that are used multiple times
8559 $settingsstr = get_string('settings');
8560 $disablestr = get_string('disable');
8562 // Table to list plug-ins
8563 $table = new html_table();
8564 $table->head
= array(get_string('name'), get_string('isactive', 'repository'), get_string('order'), $settingsstr);
8565 $table->align
= array('left', 'center', 'center', 'center', 'center');
8566 $table->data
= array();
8568 // Get list of used plug-ins
8569 $repositorytypes = repository
::get_types();
8570 if (!empty($repositorytypes)) {
8571 // Array to store plugins being used
8572 $alreadyplugins = array();
8573 $totalrepositorytypes = count($repositorytypes);
8575 foreach ($repositorytypes as $i) {
8577 $typename = $i->get_typename();
8578 // Display edit link only if you can config the type or if it has multiple instances (e.g. has instance config)
8579 $typeoptionnames = repository
::static_function($typename, 'get_type_option_names');
8580 $instanceoptionnames = repository
::static_function($typename, 'get_instance_option_names');
8582 if (!empty($typeoptionnames) ||
!empty($instanceoptionnames)) {
8583 // Calculate number of instances in order to display them for the Moodle administrator
8584 if (!empty($instanceoptionnames)) {
8586 $params['context'] = array(context_system
::instance());
8587 $params['onlyvisible'] = false;
8588 $params['type'] = $typename;
8589 $admininstancenumber = count(repository
::static_function($typename, 'get_instances', $params));
8591 $admininstancenumbertext = get_string('instancesforsite', 'repository', $admininstancenumber);
8592 $params['context'] = array();
8593 $instances = repository
::static_function($typename, 'get_instances', $params);
8594 $courseinstances = array();
8595 $userinstances = array();
8597 foreach ($instances as $instance) {
8598 $repocontext = context
::instance_by_id($instance->instance
->contextid
);
8599 if ($repocontext->contextlevel
== CONTEXT_COURSE
) {
8600 $courseinstances[] = $instance;
8601 } else if ($repocontext->contextlevel
== CONTEXT_USER
) {
8602 $userinstances[] = $instance;
8606 $instancenumber = count($courseinstances);
8607 $courseinstancenumbertext = get_string('instancesforcourses', 'repository', $instancenumber);
8609 // user private instances
8610 $instancenumber = count($userinstances);
8611 $userinstancenumbertext = get_string('instancesforusers', 'repository', $instancenumber);
8613 $admininstancenumbertext = "";
8614 $courseinstancenumbertext = "";
8615 $userinstancenumbertext = "";
8618 $settings .= '<a href="' . $this->baseurl
. '&action=edit&repos=' . $typename . '">' . $settingsstr .'</a>';
8620 $settings .= $OUTPUT->container_start('mdl-left');
8621 $settings .= '<br/>';
8622 $settings .= $admininstancenumbertext;
8623 $settings .= '<br/>';
8624 $settings .= $courseinstancenumbertext;
8625 $settings .= '<br/>';
8626 $settings .= $userinstancenumbertext;
8627 $settings .= $OUTPUT->container_end();
8629 // Get the current visibility
8630 if ($i->get_visible()) {
8631 $currentaction = 'show';
8633 $currentaction = 'hide';
8636 $select = new single_select($this->repository_action_url($typename, 'repos'), 'action', $actionchoicesforexisting, $currentaction, null, 'applyto' . basename($typename));
8638 // Display up/down link
8640 // Should be done with CSS instead.
8641 $spacer = $OUTPUT->spacer(array('height' => 15, 'width' => 15, 'class' => 'smallicon'));
8643 if ($updowncount > 1) {
8644 $updown .= "<a href=\"$this->baseurl&action=moveup&repos=".$typename."\">";
8645 $updown .= $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/up', get_string('moveup')) . '</a> ';
8650 if ($updowncount < $totalrepositorytypes) {
8651 $updown .= "<a href=\"$this->baseurl&action=movedown&repos=".$typename."\">";
8652 $updown .= $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/down', get_string('movedown')) . '</a> ';
8660 $table->data
[] = array($i->get_readablename(), $OUTPUT->render($select), $updown, $settings);
8662 if (!in_array($typename, $alreadyplugins)) {
8663 $alreadyplugins[] = $typename;
8668 // Get all the plugins that exist on disk
8669 $plugins = core_component
::get_plugin_list('repository');
8670 if (!empty($plugins)) {
8671 foreach ($plugins as $plugin => $dir) {
8672 // Check that it has not already been listed
8673 if (!in_array($plugin, $alreadyplugins)) {
8674 $select = new single_select($this->repository_action_url($plugin, 'repos'), 'action', $actionchoicesfornew, 'delete', null, 'applyto' . basename($plugin));
8675 $table->data
[] = array(get_string('pluginname', 'repository_'.$plugin), $OUTPUT->render($select), '', '');
8680 $return .= html_writer
::table($table);
8681 $return .= $OUTPUT->box_end();
8682 return highlight($query, $return);
8687 * Special checkbox for enable mobile web service
8688 * If enable then we store the service id of the mobile service into config table
8689 * If disable then we unstore the service id from the config table
8691 class admin_setting_enablemobileservice
extends admin_setting_configcheckbox
{
8693 /** @var boolean True means that the capability 'webservice/rest:use' is set for authenticated user role */
8697 * Return true if Authenticated user role has the capability 'webservice/rest:use', otherwise false.
8701 private function is_protocol_cap_allowed() {
8704 // If the $this->restuse variable is not set, it needs to be set.
8705 if (empty($this->restuse
) and $this->restuse
!==false) {
8707 $params['permission'] = CAP_ALLOW
;
8708 $params['roleid'] = $CFG->defaultuserroleid
;
8709 $params['capability'] = 'webservice/rest:use';
8710 $this->restuse
= $DB->record_exists('role_capabilities', $params);
8713 return $this->restuse
;
8717 * Set the 'webservice/rest:use' to the Authenticated user role (allow or not)
8718 * @param type $status true to allow, false to not set
8720 private function set_protocol_cap($status) {
8722 if ($status and !$this->is_protocol_cap_allowed()) {
8723 //need to allow the cap
8724 $permission = CAP_ALLOW
;
8726 } else if (!$status and $this->is_protocol_cap_allowed()){
8727 //need to disallow the cap
8728 $permission = CAP_INHERIT
;
8731 if (!empty($assign)) {
8732 $systemcontext = context_system
::instance();
8733 assign_capability('webservice/rest:use', $permission, $CFG->defaultuserroleid
, $systemcontext->id
, true);
8738 * Builds XHTML to display the control.
8739 * The main purpose of this overloading is to display a warning when https
8740 * is not supported by the server
8741 * @param string $data Unused
8742 * @param string $query
8743 * @return string XHTML
8745 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
8747 $html = parent
::output_html($data, $query);
8749 if ((string)$data === $this->yes
) {
8750 $notifications = tool_mobile\api
::get_potential_config_issues(); // Safe to call, plugin available if we reach here.
8751 foreach ($notifications as $notification) {
8752 $message = get_string($notification[0], $notification[1]);
8753 $html .= $OUTPUT->notification($message, \core\output\notification
::NOTIFY_WARNING
);
8761 * Retrieves the current setting using the objects name
8765 public function get_setting() {
8768 // First check if is not set.
8769 $result = $this->config_read($this->name
);
8770 if (is_null($result)) {
8774 // For install cli script, $CFG->defaultuserroleid is not set so return 0
8775 // Or if web services aren't enabled this can't be,
8776 if (empty($CFG->defaultuserroleid
) ||
empty($CFG->enablewebservices
)) {
8780 require_once($CFG->dirroot
. '/webservice/lib.php');
8781 $webservicemanager = new webservice();
8782 $mobileservice = $webservicemanager->get_external_service_by_shortname(MOODLE_OFFICIAL_MOBILE_SERVICE
);
8783 if ($mobileservice->enabled
and $this->is_protocol_cap_allowed()) {
8791 * Save the selected setting
8793 * @param string $data The selected site
8794 * @return string empty string or error message
8796 public function write_setting($data) {
8799 //for install cli script, $CFG->defaultuserroleid is not set so do nothing
8800 if (empty($CFG->defaultuserroleid
)) {
8804 $servicename = MOODLE_OFFICIAL_MOBILE_SERVICE
;
8806 require_once($CFG->dirroot
. '/webservice/lib.php');
8807 $webservicemanager = new webservice();
8809 $updateprotocol = false;
8810 if ((string)$data === $this->yes
) {
8811 //code run when enable mobile web service
8812 //enable web service systeme if necessary
8813 set_config('enablewebservices', true);
8815 //enable mobile service
8816 $mobileservice = $webservicemanager->get_external_service_by_shortname(MOODLE_OFFICIAL_MOBILE_SERVICE
);
8817 $mobileservice->enabled
= 1;
8818 $webservicemanager->update_external_service($mobileservice);
8820 // Enable REST server.
8821 $activeprotocols = empty($CFG->webserviceprotocols
) ?
array() : explode(',', $CFG->webserviceprotocols
);
8823 if (!in_array('rest', $activeprotocols)) {
8824 $activeprotocols[] = 'rest';
8825 $updateprotocol = true;
8828 if ($updateprotocol) {
8829 set_config('webserviceprotocols', implode(',', $activeprotocols));
8832 // Allow rest:use capability for authenticated user.
8833 $this->set_protocol_cap(true);
8836 //disable web service system if no other services are enabled
8837 $otherenabledservices = $DB->get_records_select('external_services',
8838 'enabled = :enabled AND (shortname != :shortname OR shortname IS NULL)', array('enabled' => 1,
8839 'shortname' => MOODLE_OFFICIAL_MOBILE_SERVICE
));
8840 if (empty($otherenabledservices)) {
8841 set_config('enablewebservices', false);
8843 // Also disable REST server.
8844 $activeprotocols = empty($CFG->webserviceprotocols
) ?
array() : explode(',', $CFG->webserviceprotocols
);
8846 $protocolkey = array_search('rest', $activeprotocols);
8847 if ($protocolkey !== false) {
8848 unset($activeprotocols[$protocolkey]);
8849 $updateprotocol = true;
8852 if ($updateprotocol) {
8853 set_config('webserviceprotocols', implode(',', $activeprotocols));
8856 // Disallow rest:use capability for authenticated user.
8857 $this->set_protocol_cap(false);
8860 //disable the mobile service
8861 $mobileservice = $webservicemanager->get_external_service_by_shortname(MOODLE_OFFICIAL_MOBILE_SERVICE
);
8862 $mobileservice->enabled
= 0;
8863 $webservicemanager->update_external_service($mobileservice);
8866 return (parent
::write_setting($data));
8871 * Special class for management of external services
8873 * @author Petr Skoda (skodak)
8875 class admin_setting_manageexternalservices
extends admin_setting
{
8877 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
8879 public function __construct() {
8880 $this->nosave
= true;
8881 parent
::__construct('webservicesui', get_string('externalservices', 'webservice'), '', '');
8885 * Always returns true, does nothing
8889 public function get_setting() {
8894 * Always returns true, does nothing
8898 public function get_defaultsetting() {
8903 * Always returns '', does not write anything
8905 * @return string Always returns ''
8907 public function write_setting($data) {
8908 // do not write any setting
8913 * Checks if $query is one of the available external services
8915 * @param string $query The string to search for
8916 * @return bool Returns true if found, false if not
8918 public function is_related($query) {
8921 if (parent
::is_related($query)) {
8925 $services = $DB->get_records('external_services', array(), 'id, name');
8926 foreach ($services as $service) {
8927 if (strpos(core_text
::strtolower($service->name
), $query) !== false) {
8935 * Builds the XHTML to display the control
8937 * @param string $data Unused
8938 * @param string $query
8941 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
8942 global $CFG, $OUTPUT, $DB;
8945 $stradministration = get_string('administration');
8946 $stredit = get_string('edit');
8947 $strservice = get_string('externalservice', 'webservice');
8948 $strdelete = get_string('delete');
8949 $strplugin = get_string('plugin', 'admin');
8950 $stradd = get_string('add');
8951 $strfunctions = get_string('functions', 'webservice');
8952 $strusers = get_string('users');
8953 $strserviceusers = get_string('serviceusers', 'webservice');
8955 $esurl = "$CFG->wwwroot/$CFG->admin/webservice/service.php";
8956 $efurl = "$CFG->wwwroot/$CFG->admin/webservice/service_functions.php";
8957 $euurl = "$CFG->wwwroot/$CFG->admin/webservice/service_users.php";
8959 // built in services
8960 $services = $DB->get_records_select('external_services', 'component IS NOT NULL', null, 'name');
8962 if (!empty($services)) {
8963 $return .= $OUTPUT->heading(get_string('servicesbuiltin', 'webservice'), 3, 'main');
8967 $table = new html_table();
8968 $table->head
= array($strservice, $strplugin, $strfunctions, $strusers, $stredit);
8969 $table->colclasses
= array('leftalign service', 'leftalign plugin', 'centeralign functions', 'centeralign users', 'centeralign ');
8970 $table->id
= 'builtinservices';
8971 $table->attributes
['class'] = 'admintable externalservices generaltable';
8972 $table->data
= array();
8974 // iterate through auth plugins and add to the display table
8975 foreach ($services as $service) {
8976 $name = $service->name
;
8979 if ($service->enabled
) {
8980 $displayname = "<span>$name</span>";
8982 $displayname = "<span class=\"dimmed_text\">$name</span>";
8985 $plugin = $service->component
;
8987 $functions = "<a href=\"$efurl?id=$service->id\">$strfunctions</a>";
8989 if ($service->restrictedusers
) {
8990 $users = "<a href=\"$euurl?id=$service->id\">$strserviceusers</a>";
8992 $users = get_string('allusers', 'webservice');
8995 $edit = "<a href=\"$esurl?id=$service->id\">$stredit</a>";
8997 // add a row to the table
8998 $table->data
[] = array($displayname, $plugin, $functions, $users, $edit);
9000 $return .= html_writer
::table($table);
9004 $return .= $OUTPUT->heading(get_string('servicescustom', 'webservice'), 3, 'main');
9005 $services = $DB->get_records_select('external_services', 'component IS NULL', null, 'name');
9007 $table = new html_table();
9008 $table->head
= array($strservice, $strdelete, $strfunctions, $strusers, $stredit);
9009 $table->colclasses
= array('leftalign service', 'leftalign plugin', 'centeralign functions', 'centeralign users', 'centeralign ');
9010 $table->id
= 'customservices';
9011 $table->attributes
['class'] = 'admintable externalservices generaltable';
9012 $table->data
= array();
9014 // iterate through auth plugins and add to the display table
9015 foreach ($services as $service) {
9016 $name = $service->name
;
9019 if ($service->enabled
) {
9020 $displayname = "<span>$name</span>";
9022 $displayname = "<span class=\"dimmed_text\">$name</span>";
9026 $delete = "<a href=\"$esurl?action=delete&sesskey=".sesskey()."&id=$service->id\">$strdelete</a>";
9028 $functions = "<a href=\"$efurl?id=$service->id\">$strfunctions</a>";
9030 if ($service->restrictedusers
) {
9031 $users = "<a href=\"$euurl?id=$service->id\">$strserviceusers</a>";
9033 $users = get_string('allusers', 'webservice');
9036 $edit = "<a href=\"$esurl?id=$service->id\">$stredit</a>";
9038 // add a row to the table
9039 $table->data
[] = array($displayname, $delete, $functions, $users, $edit);
9041 // add new custom service option
9042 $return .= html_writer
::table($table);
9044 $return .= '<br />';
9045 // add a token to the table
9046 $return .= "<a href=\"$esurl?id=0\">$stradd</a>";
9048 return highlight($query, $return);
9053 * Special class for overview of external services
9055 * @author Jerome Mouneyrac
9057 class admin_setting_webservicesoverview
extends admin_setting
{
9060 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
9062 public function __construct() {
9063 $this->nosave
= true;
9064 parent
::__construct('webservicesoverviewui',
9065 get_string('webservicesoverview', 'webservice'), '', '');
9069 * Always returns true, does nothing
9073 public function get_setting() {
9078 * Always returns true, does nothing
9082 public function get_defaultsetting() {
9087 * Always returns '', does not write anything
9089 * @return string Always returns ''
9091 public function write_setting($data) {
9092 // do not write any setting
9097 * Builds the XHTML to display the control
9099 * @param string $data Unused
9100 * @param string $query
9103 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
9104 global $CFG, $OUTPUT;
9107 $brtag = html_writer
::empty_tag('br');
9109 /// One system controlling Moodle with Token
9110 $return .= $OUTPUT->heading(get_string('onesystemcontrolling', 'webservice'), 3, 'main');
9111 $table = new html_table();
9112 $table->head
= array(get_string('step', 'webservice'), get_string('status'),
9113 get_string('description'));
9114 $table->colclasses
= array('leftalign step', 'leftalign status', 'leftalign description');
9115 $table->id
= 'onesystemcontrol';
9116 $table->attributes
['class'] = 'admintable wsoverview generaltable';
9117 $table->data
= array();
9119 $return .= $brtag . get_string('onesystemcontrollingdescription', 'webservice')
9122 /// 1. Enable Web Services
9124 $url = new moodle_url("/admin/search.php?query=enablewebservices");
9125 $row[0] = "1. " . html_writer
::tag('a', get_string('enablews', 'webservice'),
9126 array('href' => $url));
9127 $status = html_writer
::tag('span', get_string('no'), array('class' => 'statuscritical'));
9128 if ($CFG->enablewebservices
) {
9129 $status = get_string('yes');
9132 $row[2] = get_string('enablewsdescription', 'webservice');
9133 $table->data
[] = $row;
9135 /// 2. Enable protocols
9137 $url = new moodle_url("/admin/settings.php?section=webserviceprotocols");
9138 $row[0] = "2. " . html_writer
::tag('a', get_string('enableprotocols', 'webservice'),
9139 array('href' => $url));
9140 $status = html_writer
::tag('span', get_string('none'), array('class' => 'statuscritical'));
9141 //retrieve activated protocol
9142 $active_protocols = empty($CFG->webserviceprotocols
) ?
9143 array() : explode(',', $CFG->webserviceprotocols
);
9144 if (!empty($active_protocols)) {
9146 foreach ($active_protocols as $protocol) {
9147 $status .= $protocol . $brtag;
9151 $row[2] = get_string('enableprotocolsdescription', 'webservice');
9152 $table->data
[] = $row;
9154 /// 3. Create user account
9156 $url = new moodle_url("/user/editadvanced.php?id=-1");
9157 $row[0] = "3. " . html_writer
::tag('a', get_string('createuser', 'webservice'),
9158 array('href' => $url));
9160 $row[2] = get_string('createuserdescription', 'webservice');
9161 $table->data
[] = $row;
9163 /// 4. Add capability to users
9165 $url = new moodle_url("/admin/roles/check.php?contextid=1");
9166 $row[0] = "4. " . html_writer
::tag('a', get_string('checkusercapability', 'webservice'),
9167 array('href' => $url));
9169 $row[2] = get_string('checkusercapabilitydescription', 'webservice');
9170 $table->data
[] = $row;
9172 /// 5. Select a web service
9174 $url = new moodle_url("/admin/settings.php?section=externalservices");
9175 $row[0] = "5. " . html_writer
::tag('a', get_string('selectservice', 'webservice'),
9176 array('href' => $url));
9178 $row[2] = get_string('createservicedescription', 'webservice');
9179 $table->data
[] = $row;
9181 /// 6. Add functions
9183 $url = new moodle_url("/admin/settings.php?section=externalservices");
9184 $row[0] = "6. " . html_writer
::tag('a', get_string('addfunctions', 'webservice'),
9185 array('href' => $url));
9187 $row[2] = get_string('addfunctionsdescription', 'webservice');
9188 $table->data
[] = $row;
9190 /// 7. Add the specific user
9192 $url = new moodle_url("/admin/settings.php?section=externalservices");
9193 $row[0] = "7. " . html_writer
::tag('a', get_string('selectspecificuser', 'webservice'),
9194 array('href' => $url));
9196 $row[2] = get_string('selectspecificuserdescription', 'webservice');
9197 $table->data
[] = $row;
9199 /// 8. Create token for the specific user
9201 $url = new moodle_url("/admin/webservice/tokens.php?sesskey=" . sesskey() . "&action=create");
9202 $row[0] = "8. " . html_writer
::tag('a', get_string('createtokenforuser', 'webservice'),
9203 array('href' => $url));
9205 $row[2] = get_string('createtokenforuserdescription', 'webservice');
9206 $table->data
[] = $row;
9208 /// 9. Enable the documentation
9210 $url = new moodle_url("/admin/search.php?query=enablewsdocumentation");
9211 $row[0] = "9. " . html_writer
::tag('a', get_string('enabledocumentation', 'webservice'),
9212 array('href' => $url));
9213 $status = '<span class="warning">' . get_string('no') . '</span>';
9214 if ($CFG->enablewsdocumentation
) {
9215 $status = get_string('yes');
9218 $row[2] = get_string('enabledocumentationdescription', 'webservice');
9219 $table->data
[] = $row;
9221 /// 10. Test the service
9223 $url = new moodle_url("/admin/webservice/testclient.php");
9224 $row[0] = "10. " . html_writer
::tag('a', get_string('testwithtestclient', 'webservice'),
9225 array('href' => $url));
9227 $row[2] = get_string('testwithtestclientdescription', 'webservice');
9228 $table->data
[] = $row;
9230 $return .= html_writer
::table($table);
9232 /// Users as clients with token
9233 $return .= $brtag . $brtag . $brtag;
9234 $return .= $OUTPUT->heading(get_string('userasclients', 'webservice'), 3, 'main');
9235 $table = new html_table();
9236 $table->head
= array(get_string('step', 'webservice'), get_string('status'),
9237 get_string('description'));
9238 $table->colclasses
= array('leftalign step', 'leftalign status', 'leftalign description');
9239 $table->id
= 'userasclients';
9240 $table->attributes
['class'] = 'admintable wsoverview generaltable';
9241 $table->data
= array();
9243 $return .= $brtag . get_string('userasclientsdescription', 'webservice') .
9246 /// 1. Enable Web Services
9248 $url = new moodle_url("/admin/search.php?query=enablewebservices");
9249 $row[0] = "1. " . html_writer
::tag('a', get_string('enablews', 'webservice'),
9250 array('href' => $url));
9251 $status = html_writer
::tag('span', get_string('no'), array('class' => 'statuscritical'));
9252 if ($CFG->enablewebservices
) {
9253 $status = get_string('yes');
9256 $row[2] = get_string('enablewsdescription', 'webservice');
9257 $table->data
[] = $row;
9259 /// 2. Enable protocols
9261 $url = new moodle_url("/admin/settings.php?section=webserviceprotocols");
9262 $row[0] = "2. " . html_writer
::tag('a', get_string('enableprotocols', 'webservice'),
9263 array('href' => $url));
9264 $status = html_writer
::tag('span', get_string('none'), array('class' => 'statuscritical'));
9265 //retrieve activated protocol
9266 $active_protocols = empty($CFG->webserviceprotocols
) ?
9267 array() : explode(',', $CFG->webserviceprotocols
);
9268 if (!empty($active_protocols)) {
9270 foreach ($active_protocols as $protocol) {
9271 $status .= $protocol . $brtag;
9275 $row[2] = get_string('enableprotocolsdescription', 'webservice');
9276 $table->data
[] = $row;
9279 /// 3. Select a web service
9281 $url = new moodle_url("/admin/settings.php?section=externalservices");
9282 $row[0] = "3. " . html_writer
::tag('a', get_string('selectservice', 'webservice'),
9283 array('href' => $url));
9285 $row[2] = get_string('createserviceforusersdescription', 'webservice');
9286 $table->data
[] = $row;
9288 /// 4. Add functions
9290 $url = new moodle_url("/admin/settings.php?section=externalservices");
9291 $row[0] = "4. " . html_writer
::tag('a', get_string('addfunctions', 'webservice'),
9292 array('href' => $url));
9294 $row[2] = get_string('addfunctionsdescription', 'webservice');
9295 $table->data
[] = $row;
9297 /// 5. Add capability to users
9299 $url = new moodle_url("/admin/roles/check.php?contextid=1");
9300 $row[0] = "5. " . html_writer
::tag('a', get_string('addcapabilitytousers', 'webservice'),
9301 array('href' => $url));
9303 $row[2] = get_string('addcapabilitytousersdescription', 'webservice');
9304 $table->data
[] = $row;
9306 /// 6. Test the service
9308 $url = new moodle_url("/admin/webservice/testclient.php");
9309 $row[0] = "6. " . html_writer
::tag('a', get_string('testwithtestclient', 'webservice'),
9310 array('href' => $url));
9312 $row[2] = get_string('testauserwithtestclientdescription', 'webservice');
9313 $table->data
[] = $row;
9315 $return .= html_writer
::table($table);
9317 return highlight($query, $return);
9324 * Special class for web service protocol administration.
9326 * @author Petr Skoda (skodak)
9328 class admin_setting_managewebserviceprotocols
extends admin_setting
{
9331 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
9333 public function __construct() {
9334 $this->nosave
= true;
9335 parent
::__construct('webservicesui', get_string('manageprotocols', 'webservice'), '', '');
9339 * Always returns true, does nothing
9343 public function get_setting() {
9348 * Always returns true, does nothing
9352 public function get_defaultsetting() {
9357 * Always returns '', does not write anything
9359 * @return string Always returns ''
9361 public function write_setting($data) {
9362 // do not write any setting
9367 * Checks if $query is one of the available webservices
9369 * @param string $query The string to search for
9370 * @return bool Returns true if found, false if not
9372 public function is_related($query) {
9373 if (parent
::is_related($query)) {
9377 $protocols = core_component
::get_plugin_list('webservice');
9378 foreach ($protocols as $protocol=>$location) {
9379 if (strpos($protocol, $query) !== false) {
9382 $protocolstr = get_string('pluginname', 'webservice_'.$protocol);
9383 if (strpos(core_text
::strtolower($protocolstr), $query) !== false) {
9391 * Builds the XHTML to display the control
9393 * @param string $data Unused
9394 * @param string $query
9397 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
9398 global $CFG, $OUTPUT;
9401 $stradministration = get_string('administration');
9402 $strsettings = get_string('settings');
9403 $stredit = get_string('edit');
9404 $strprotocol = get_string('protocol', 'webservice');
9405 $strenable = get_string('enable');
9406 $strdisable = get_string('disable');
9407 $strversion = get_string('version');
9409 $protocols_available = core_component
::get_plugin_list('webservice');
9410 $active_protocols = empty($CFG->webserviceprotocols
) ?
array() : explode(',', $CFG->webserviceprotocols
);
9411 ksort($protocols_available);
9413 foreach ($active_protocols as $key=>$protocol) {
9414 if (empty($protocols_available[$protocol])) {
9415 unset($active_protocols[$key]);
9419 $return = $OUTPUT->heading(get_string('actwebserviceshhdr', 'webservice'), 3, 'main');
9420 $return .= $OUTPUT->box_start('generalbox webservicesui');
9422 $table = new html_table();
9423 $table->head
= array($strprotocol, $strversion, $strenable, $strsettings);
9424 $table->colclasses
= array('leftalign', 'centeralign', 'centeralign', 'centeralign', 'centeralign');
9425 $table->id
= 'webserviceprotocols';
9426 $table->attributes
['class'] = 'admintable generaltable';
9427 $table->data
= array();
9429 // iterate through auth plugins and add to the display table
9430 $url = "$CFG->wwwroot/$CFG->admin/webservice/protocols.php?sesskey=" . sesskey();
9431 foreach ($protocols_available as $protocol => $location) {
9432 $name = get_string('pluginname', 'webservice_'.$protocol);
9434 $plugin = new stdClass();
9435 if (file_exists($CFG->dirroot
.'/webservice/'.$protocol.'/version.php')) {
9436 include($CFG->dirroot
.'/webservice/'.$protocol.'/version.php');
9438 $version = isset($plugin->version
) ?
$plugin->version
: '';
9441 if (in_array($protocol, $active_protocols)) {
9442 $hideshow = "<a href=\"$url&action=disable&webservice=$protocol\">";
9443 $hideshow .= $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/hide', $strdisable) . '</a>';
9444 $displayname = "<span>$name</span>";
9446 $hideshow = "<a href=\"$url&action=enable&webservice=$protocol\">";
9447 $hideshow .= $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/show', $strenable) . '</a>';
9448 $displayname = "<span class=\"dimmed_text\">$name</span>";
9452 if (file_exists($CFG->dirroot
.'/webservice/'.$protocol.'/settings.php')) {
9453 $settings = "<a href=\"settings.php?section=webservicesetting$protocol\">$strsettings</a>";
9458 // add a row to the table
9459 $table->data
[] = array($displayname, $version, $hideshow, $settings);
9461 $return .= html_writer
::table($table);
9462 $return .= get_string('configwebserviceplugins', 'webservice');
9463 $return .= $OUTPUT->box_end();
9465 return highlight($query, $return);
9471 * Special class for web service token administration.
9473 * @author Jerome Mouneyrac
9475 class admin_setting_managewebservicetokens
extends admin_setting
{
9478 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
9480 public function __construct() {
9481 $this->nosave
= true;
9482 parent
::__construct('webservicestokenui', get_string('managetokens', 'webservice'), '', '');
9486 * Always returns true, does nothing
9490 public function get_setting() {
9495 * Always returns true, does nothing
9499 public function get_defaultsetting() {
9504 * Always returns '', does not write anything
9506 * @return string Always returns ''
9508 public function write_setting($data) {
9509 // do not write any setting
9514 * Builds the XHTML to display the control
9516 * @param string $data Unused
9517 * @param string $query
9520 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
9521 global $CFG, $OUTPUT;
9523 require_once($CFG->dirroot
. '/webservice/classes/token_table.php');
9524 $baseurl = new moodle_url('/' . $CFG->admin
. '/settings.php?section=webservicetokens');
9526 $return = $OUTPUT->box_start('generalbox webservicestokenui');
9528 if (has_capability('moodle/webservice:managealltokens', context_system
::instance())) {
9529 $return .= \html_writer
::div(get_string('onlyseecreatedtokens', 'webservice'));
9532 $table = new \webservice\token_table
('webservicetokens');
9533 $table->define_baseurl($baseurl);
9534 $table->attributes
['class'] = 'admintable generaltable'; // Any need changing?
9535 $table->data
= array();
9537 $table->out(10, false);
9538 $tablehtml = ob_get_contents();
9540 $return .= $tablehtml;
9542 $tokenpageurl = "$CFG->wwwroot/$CFG->admin/webservice/tokens.php?sesskey=" . sesskey();
9544 $return .= $OUTPUT->box_end();
9545 // add a token to the table
9546 $return .= "<a href=\"".$tokenpageurl."&action=create\">";
9547 $return .= get_string('add')."</a>";
9549 return highlight($query, $return);
9557 * @copyright 2010 Sam Hemelryk
9558 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
9560 class admin_setting_configcolourpicker
extends admin_setting
{
9563 * Information for previewing the colour
9567 protected $previewconfig = null;
9570 * Use default when empty.
9572 protected $usedefaultwhenempty = true;
9576 * @param string $name
9577 * @param string $visiblename
9578 * @param string $description
9579 * @param string $defaultsetting
9580 * @param array $previewconfig Array('selector'=>'.some .css .selector','style'=>'backgroundColor');
9582 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, array $previewconfig = null,
9583 $usedefaultwhenempty = true) {
9584 $this->previewconfig
= $previewconfig;
9585 $this->usedefaultwhenempty
= $usedefaultwhenempty;
9586 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting);
9587 $this->set_force_ltr(true);
9591 * Return the setting
9593 * @return mixed returns config if successful else null
9595 public function get_setting() {
9596 return $this->config_read($this->name
);
9602 * @param string $data
9605 public function write_setting($data) {
9606 $data = $this->validate($data);
9607 if ($data === false) {
9608 return get_string('validateerror', 'admin');
9610 return ($this->config_write($this->name
, $data) ?
'' : get_string('errorsetting', 'admin'));
9614 * Validates the colour that was entered by the user
9616 * @param string $data
9617 * @return string|false
9619 protected function validate($data) {
9621 * List of valid HTML colour names
9625 $colornames = array(
9626 'aliceblue', 'antiquewhite', 'aqua', 'aquamarine', 'azure',
9627 'beige', 'bisque', 'black', 'blanchedalmond', 'blue',
9628 'blueviolet', 'brown', 'burlywood', 'cadetblue', 'chartreuse',
9629 'chocolate', 'coral', 'cornflowerblue', 'cornsilk', 'crimson',
9630 'cyan', 'darkblue', 'darkcyan', 'darkgoldenrod', 'darkgray',
9631 'darkgrey', 'darkgreen', 'darkkhaki', 'darkmagenta',
9632 'darkolivegreen', 'darkorange', 'darkorchid', 'darkred',
9633 'darksalmon', 'darkseagreen', 'darkslateblue', 'darkslategray',
9634 'darkslategrey', 'darkturquoise', 'darkviolet', 'deeppink',
9635 'deepskyblue', 'dimgray', 'dimgrey', 'dodgerblue', 'firebrick',
9636 'floralwhite', 'forestgreen', 'fuchsia', 'gainsboro',
9637 'ghostwhite', 'gold', 'goldenrod', 'gray', 'grey', 'green',
9638 'greenyellow', 'honeydew', 'hotpink', 'indianred', 'indigo',
9639 'ivory', 'khaki', 'lavender', 'lavenderblush', 'lawngreen',
9640 'lemonchiffon', 'lightblue', 'lightcoral', 'lightcyan',
9641 'lightgoldenrodyellow', 'lightgray', 'lightgrey', 'lightgreen',
9642 'lightpink', 'lightsalmon', 'lightseagreen', 'lightskyblue',
9643 'lightslategray', 'lightslategrey', 'lightsteelblue', 'lightyellow',
9644 'lime', 'limegreen', 'linen', 'magenta', 'maroon',
9645 'mediumaquamarine', 'mediumblue', 'mediumorchid', 'mediumpurple',
9646 'mediumseagreen', 'mediumslateblue', 'mediumspringgreen',
9647 'mediumturquoise', 'mediumvioletred', 'midnightblue', 'mintcream',
9648 'mistyrose', 'moccasin', 'navajowhite', 'navy', 'oldlace', 'olive',
9649 'olivedrab', 'orange', 'orangered', 'orchid', 'palegoldenrod',
9650 'palegreen', 'paleturquoise', 'palevioletred', 'papayawhip',
9651 'peachpuff', 'peru', 'pink', 'plum', 'powderblue', 'purple', 'red',
9652 'rosybrown', 'royalblue', 'saddlebrown', 'salmon', 'sandybrown',
9653 'seagreen', 'seashell', 'sienna', 'silver', 'skyblue', 'slateblue',
9654 'slategray', 'slategrey', 'snow', 'springgreen', 'steelblue', 'tan',
9655 'teal', 'thistle', 'tomato', 'turquoise', 'violet', 'wheat', 'white',
9656 'whitesmoke', 'yellow', 'yellowgreen'
9659 if (preg_match('/^#?([[:xdigit:]]{3}){1,2}$/', $data)) {
9660 if (strpos($data, '#')!==0) {
9664 } else if (in_array(strtolower($data), $colornames)) {
9666 } else if (preg_match('/rgb\(\d{0,3}%?\, ?\d{0,3}%?, ?\d{0,3}%?\)/i', $data)) {
9668 } else if (preg_match('/rgba\(\d{0,3}%?\, ?\d{0,3}%?, ?\d{0,3}%?\, ?\d(\.\d)?\)/i', $data)) {
9670 } else if (preg_match('/hsl\(\d{0,3}\, ?\d{0,3}%, ?\d{0,3}%\)/i', $data)) {
9672 } else if (preg_match('/hsla\(\d{0,3}\, ?\d{0,3}%,\d{0,3}%\, ?\d(\.\d)?\)/i', $data)) {
9674 } else if (($data == 'transparent') ||
($data == 'currentColor') ||
($data == 'inherit')) {
9676 } else if (empty($data)) {
9677 if ($this->usedefaultwhenempty
){
9678 return $this->defaultsetting
;
9688 * Generates the HTML for the setting
9690 * @global moodle_page $PAGE
9691 * @global core_renderer $OUTPUT
9692 * @param string $data
9693 * @param string $query
9695 public function output_html($data, $query = '') {
9696 global $PAGE, $OUTPUT;
9698 $icon = new pix_icon('i/loading', get_string('loading', 'admin'), 'moodle', ['class' => 'loadingicon']);
9699 $context = (object) [
9700 'id' => $this->get_id(),
9701 'name' => $this->get_full_name(),
9703 'icon' => $icon->export_for_template($OUTPUT),
9704 'haspreviewconfig' => !empty($this->previewconfig
),
9705 'forceltr' => $this->get_force_ltr()
9708 $element = $OUTPUT->render_from_template('core_admin/setting_configcolourpicker', $context);
9709 $PAGE->requires
->js_init_call('M.util.init_colour_picker', array($this->get_id(), $this->previewconfig
));
9711 return format_admin_setting($this, $this->visiblename
, $element, $this->description
, true, '',
9712 $this->get_defaultsetting(), $query);
9719 * Class used for uploading of one file into file storage,
9720 * the file name is stored in config table.
9722 * Please note you need to implement your own '_pluginfile' callback function,
9723 * this setting only stores the file, it does not deal with file serving.
9725 * @copyright 2013 Petr Skoda {@link http://skodak.org}
9726 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
9728 class admin_setting_configstoredfile
extends admin_setting
{
9729 /** @var array file area options - should be one file only */
9731 /** @var string name of the file area */
9732 protected $filearea;
9733 /** @var int intemid */
9735 /** @var string used for detection of changes */
9736 protected $oldhashes;
9739 * Create new stored file setting.
9741 * @param string $name low level setting name
9742 * @param string $visiblename human readable setting name
9743 * @param string $description description of setting
9744 * @param mixed $filearea file area for file storage
9745 * @param int $itemid itemid for file storage
9746 * @param array $options file area options
9748 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $filearea, $itemid = 0, array $options = null) {
9749 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, '');
9750 $this->filearea
= $filearea;
9751 $this->itemid
= $itemid;
9752 $this->options
= (array)$options;
9756 * Applies defaults and returns all options.
9759 protected function get_options() {
9762 require_once("$CFG->libdir/filelib.php");
9763 require_once("$CFG->dirroot/repository/lib.php");
9765 'mainfile' => '', 'subdirs' => 0, 'maxbytes' => -1, 'maxfiles' => 1,
9766 'accepted_types' => '*', 'return_types' => FILE_INTERNAL
, 'areamaxbytes' => FILE_AREA_MAX_BYTES_UNLIMITED
,
9767 'context' => context_system
::instance());
9768 foreach($this->options
as $k => $v) {
9775 public function get_setting() {
9776 return $this->config_read($this->name
);
9779 public function write_setting($data) {
9782 // Let's not deal with validation here, this is for admins only.
9783 $current = $this->get_setting();
9784 if (empty($data) && $current === null) {
9785 // This will be the case when applying default settings (installation).
9786 return ($this->config_write($this->name
, '') ?
'' : get_string('errorsetting', 'admin'));
9787 } else if (!is_number($data)) {
9788 // Draft item id is expected here!
9789 return get_string('errorsetting', 'admin');
9792 $options = $this->get_options();
9793 $fs = get_file_storage();
9794 $component = is_null($this->plugin
) ?
'core' : $this->plugin
;
9796 $this->oldhashes
= null;
9798 $hash = sha1('/'.$options['context']->id
.'/'.$component.'/'.$this->filearea
.'/'.$this->itemid
.$current);
9799 if ($file = $fs->get_file_by_hash($hash)) {
9800 $this->oldhashes
= $file->get_contenthash().$file->get_pathnamehash();
9805 if ($fs->file_exists($options['context']->id
, $component, $this->filearea
, $this->itemid
, '/', '.')) {
9806 // Make sure the settings form was not open for more than 4 days and draft areas deleted in the meantime.
9807 // But we can safely ignore that if the destination area is empty, so that the user is not prompt
9808 // with an error because the draft area does not exist, as he did not use it.
9809 $usercontext = context_user
::instance($USER->id
);
9810 if (!$fs->file_exists($usercontext->id
, 'user', 'draft', $data, '/', '.') && $current !== '') {
9811 return get_string('errorsetting', 'admin');
9815 file_save_draft_area_files($data, $options['context']->id
, $component, $this->filearea
, $this->itemid
, $options);
9816 $files = $fs->get_area_files($options['context']->id
, $component, $this->filearea
, $this->itemid
, 'sortorder,filepath,filename', false);
9820 /** @var stored_file $file */
9821 $file = reset($files);
9822 $filepath = $file->get_filepath().$file->get_filename();
9825 return ($this->config_write($this->name
, $filepath) ?
'' : get_string('errorsetting', 'admin'));
9828 public function post_write_settings($original) {
9829 $options = $this->get_options();
9830 $fs = get_file_storage();
9831 $component = is_null($this->plugin
) ?
'core' : $this->plugin
;
9833 $current = $this->get_setting();
9836 $hash = sha1('/'.$options['context']->id
.'/'.$component.'/'.$this->filearea
.'/'.$this->itemid
.$current);
9837 if ($file = $fs->get_file_by_hash($hash)) {
9838 $newhashes = $file->get_contenthash().$file->get_pathnamehash();
9843 if ($this->oldhashes
=== $newhashes) {
9844 $this->oldhashes
= null;
9847 $this->oldhashes
= null;
9849 $callbackfunction = $this->updatedcallback
;
9850 if (!empty($callbackfunction) and function_exists($callbackfunction)) {
9851 $callbackfunction($this->get_full_name());
9856 public function output_html($data, $query = '') {
9859 $options = $this->get_options();
9860 $id = $this->get_id();
9861 $elname = $this->get_full_name();
9862 $draftitemid = file_get_submitted_draft_itemid($elname);
9863 $component = is_null($this->plugin
) ?
'core' : $this->plugin
;
9864 file_prepare_draft_area($draftitemid, $options['context']->id
, $component, $this->filearea
, $this->itemid
, $options);
9866 // Filemanager form element implementation is far from optimal, we need to rework this if we ever fix it...
9867 require_once("$CFG->dirroot/lib/form/filemanager.php");
9869 $fmoptions = new stdClass();
9870 $fmoptions->mainfile
= $options['mainfile'];
9871 $fmoptions->maxbytes
= $options['maxbytes'];
9872 $fmoptions->maxfiles
= $options['maxfiles'];
9873 $fmoptions->client_id
= uniqid();
9874 $fmoptions->itemid
= $draftitemid;
9875 $fmoptions->subdirs
= $options['subdirs'];
9876 $fmoptions->target
= $id;
9877 $fmoptions->accepted_types
= $options['accepted_types'];
9878 $fmoptions->return_types
= $options['return_types'];
9879 $fmoptions->context
= $options['context'];
9880 $fmoptions->areamaxbytes
= $options['areamaxbytes'];
9882 $fm = new form_filemanager($fmoptions);
9883 $output = $PAGE->get_renderer('core', 'files');
9884 $html = $output->render($fm);
9886 $html .= '<input value="'.$draftitemid.'" name="'.$elname.'" type="hidden" />';
9887 $html .= '<input value="" id="'.$id.'" type="hidden" />';
9889 return format_admin_setting($this, $this->visiblename
,
9890 '<div class="form-filemanager" data-fieldtype="filemanager">'.$html.'</div>',
9891 $this->description
, true, '', '', $query);
9897 * Administration interface for user specified regular expressions for device detection.
9899 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
9901 class admin_setting_devicedetectregex
extends admin_setting
{
9904 * Calls parent::__construct with specific args
9906 * @param string $name
9907 * @param string $visiblename
9908 * @param string $description
9909 * @param mixed $defaultsetting
9911 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting = '') {
9913 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting);
9917 * Return the current setting(s)
9919 * @return array Current settings array
9921 public function get_setting() {
9924 $config = $this->config_read($this->name
);
9925 if (is_null($config)) {
9929 return $this->prepare_form_data($config);
9933 * Save selected settings
9935 * @param array $data Array of settings to save
9938 public function write_setting($data) {
9943 if ($this->config_write($this->name
, $this->process_form_data($data))) {
9944 return ''; // success
9946 return get_string('errorsetting', 'admin') . $this->visiblename
. html_writer
::empty_tag('br');
9951 * Return XHTML field(s) for regexes
9953 * @param array $data Array of options to set in HTML
9954 * @return string XHTML string for the fields and wrapping div(s)
9956 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
9959 $context = (object) [
9960 'expressions' => [],
9961 'name' => $this->get_full_name()
9967 $looplimit = (count($data)/2)+
1;
9970 for ($i=0; $i<$looplimit; $i++
) {
9972 $expressionname = 'expression'.$i;
9974 if (!empty($data[$expressionname])){
9975 $expression = $data[$expressionname];
9980 $valuename = 'value'.$i;
9982 if (!empty($data[$valuename])){
9983 $value = $data[$valuename];
9988 $context->expressions
[] = [
9990 'expression' => $expression,
9995 $element = $OUTPUT->render_from_template('core_admin/setting_devicedetectregex', $context);
9997 return format_admin_setting($this, $this->visiblename
, $element, $this->description
, false, '', null, $query);
10001 * Converts the string of regexes
10003 * @see self::process_form_data()
10004 * @param $regexes string of regexes
10005 * @return array of form fields and their values
10007 protected function prepare_form_data($regexes) {
10009 $regexes = json_decode($regexes);
10015 foreach ($regexes as $value => $regex) {
10016 $expressionname = 'expression'.$i;
10017 $valuename = 'value'.$i;
10019 $form[$expressionname] = $regex;
10020 $form[$valuename] = $value;
10028 * Converts the data from admin settings form into a string of regexes
10030 * @see self::prepare_form_data()
10031 * @param array $data array of admin form fields and values
10032 * @return false|string of regexes
10034 protected function process_form_data(array $form) {
10036 $count = count($form); // number of form field values
10039 // we must get five fields per expression
10043 $regexes = array();
10044 for ($i = 0; $i < $count / 2; $i++
) {
10045 $expressionname = "expression".$i;
10046 $valuename = "value".$i;
10048 $expression = trim($form['expression'.$i]);
10049 $value = trim($form['value'.$i]);
10051 if (empty($expression)){
10055 $regexes[$value] = $expression;
10058 $regexes = json_encode($regexes);
10066 * Multiselect for current modules
10068 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
10070 class admin_setting_configmultiselect_modules
extends admin_setting_configmultiselect
{
10071 private $excludesystem;
10074 * Calls parent::__construct - note array $choices is not required
10076 * @param string $name setting name
10077 * @param string $visiblename localised setting name
10078 * @param string $description setting description
10079 * @param array $defaultsetting a plain array of default module ids
10080 * @param bool $excludesystem If true, excludes modules with 'system' archetype
10082 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting = array(),
10083 $excludesystem = true) {
10084 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, null);
10085 $this->excludesystem
= $excludesystem;
10089 * Loads an array of current module choices
10091 * @return bool always return true
10093 public function load_choices() {
10094 if (is_array($this->choices
)) {
10097 $this->choices
= array();
10100 $records = $DB->get_records('modules', array('visible'=>1), 'name');
10101 foreach ($records as $record) {
10102 // Exclude modules if the code doesn't exist
10103 if (file_exists("$CFG->dirroot/mod/$record->name/lib.php")) {
10104 // Also exclude system modules (if specified)
10105 if (!($this->excludesystem
&&
10106 plugin_supports('mod', $record->name
, FEATURE_MOD_ARCHETYPE
) ===
10107 MOD_ARCHETYPE_SYSTEM
)) {
10108 $this->choices
[$record->id
] = $record->name
;
10117 * Admin setting to show if a php extension is enabled or not.
10119 * @copyright 2013 Damyon Wiese
10120 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
10122 class admin_setting_php_extension_enabled
extends admin_setting
{
10124 /** @var string The name of the extension to check for */
10125 private $extension;
10128 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
10130 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $extension) {
10131 $this->extension
= $extension;
10132 $this->nosave
= true;
10133 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, '');
10137 * Always returns true, does nothing
10141 public function get_setting() {
10146 * Always returns true, does nothing
10150 public function get_defaultsetting() {
10155 * Always returns '', does not write anything
10157 * @return string Always returns ''
10159 public function write_setting($data) {
10160 // Do not write any setting.
10165 * Outputs the html for this setting.
10166 * @return string Returns an XHTML string
10168 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
10172 if (!extension_loaded($this->extension
)) {
10173 $warning = $OUTPUT->pix_icon('i/warning', '', '', array('role' => 'presentation')) . ' ' . $this->description
;
10175 $o .= format_admin_setting($this, $this->visiblename
, $warning);
10182 * Server timezone setting.
10184 * @copyright 2015 Totara Learning Solutions Ltd {@link http://www.totaralms.com/}
10185 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
10186 * @author Petr Skoda <petr.skoda@totaralms.com>
10188 class admin_setting_servertimezone
extends admin_setting_configselect
{
10192 public function __construct() {
10193 $default = core_date
::get_default_php_timezone();
10194 if ($default === 'UTC') {
10195 // Nobody really wants UTC, so instead default selection to the country that is confused by the UTC the most.
10196 $default = 'Europe/London';
10199 parent
::__construct('timezone',
10200 new lang_string('timezone', 'core_admin'),
10201 new lang_string('configtimezone', 'core_admin'), $default, null);
10205 * Lazy load timezone options.
10206 * @return bool true if loaded, false if error
10208 public function load_choices() {
10210 if (is_array($this->choices
)) {
10214 $current = isset($CFG->timezone
) ?
$CFG->timezone
: null;
10215 $this->choices
= core_date
::get_list_of_timezones($current, false);
10216 if ($current == 99) {
10217 // Do not show 99 unless it is current value, we want to get rid of it over time.
10218 $this->choices
['99'] = new lang_string('timezonephpdefault', 'core_admin',
10219 core_date
::get_default_php_timezone());
10227 * Forced user timezone setting.
10229 * @copyright 2015 Totara Learning Solutions Ltd {@link http://www.totaralms.com/}
10230 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
10231 * @author Petr Skoda <petr.skoda@totaralms.com>
10233 class admin_setting_forcetimezone
extends admin_setting_configselect
{
10237 public function __construct() {
10238 parent
::__construct('forcetimezone',
10239 new lang_string('forcetimezone', 'core_admin'),
10240 new lang_string('helpforcetimezone', 'core_admin'), '99', null);
10244 * Lazy load timezone options.
10245 * @return bool true if loaded, false if error
10247 public function load_choices() {
10249 if (is_array($this->choices
)) {
10253 $current = isset($CFG->forcetimezone
) ?
$CFG->forcetimezone
: null;
10254 $this->choices
= core_date
::get_list_of_timezones($current, true);
10255 $this->choices
['99'] = new lang_string('timezonenotforced', 'core_admin');
10263 * Search setup steps info.
10266 * @copyright 2016 David Monllao {@link http://www.davidmonllao.com}
10267 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
10269 class admin_setting_searchsetupinfo
extends admin_setting
{
10272 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
10274 public function __construct() {
10275 $this->nosave
= true;
10276 parent
::__construct('searchsetupinfo', '', '', '');
10280 * Always returns true, does nothing
10284 public function get_setting() {
10289 * Always returns true, does nothing
10293 public function get_defaultsetting() {
10298 * Always returns '', does not write anything
10300 * @param array $data
10301 * @return string Always returns ''
10303 public function write_setting($data) {
10304 // Do not write any setting.
10309 * Builds the HTML to display the control
10311 * @param string $data Unused
10312 * @param string $query
10315 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
10316 global $CFG, $OUTPUT;
10319 $brtag = html_writer
::empty_tag('br');
10321 $searchareas = \core_search\manager
::get_search_areas_list();
10322 $anyenabled = !empty(\core_search\manager
::get_search_areas_list(true));
10323 $anyindexed = false;
10324 foreach ($searchareas as $areaid => $searcharea) {
10325 list($componentname, $varname) = $searcharea->get_config_var_name();
10326 if (get_config($componentname, $varname . '_indexingstart')) {
10327 $anyindexed = true;
10332 $return .= $OUTPUT->heading(get_string('searchsetupinfo', 'admin'), 3, 'main');
10334 $table = new html_table();
10335 $table->head
= array(get_string('step', 'search'), get_string('status'));
10336 $table->colclasses
= array('leftalign step', 'leftalign status');
10337 $table->id
= 'searchsetup';
10338 $table->attributes
['class'] = 'admintable generaltable';
10339 $table->data
= array();
10341 $return .= $brtag . get_string('searchsetupdescription', 'search') . $brtag . $brtag;
10343 // Select a search engine.
10345 $url = new moodle_url('/admin/settings.php?section=manageglobalsearch#admin-searchengine');
10346 $row[0] = '1. ' . html_writer
::tag('a', get_string('selectsearchengine', 'admin'),
10347 array('href' => $url));
10349 $status = html_writer
::tag('span', get_string('no'), array('class' => 'statuscritical'));
10350 if (!empty($CFG->searchengine
)) {
10351 $status = html_writer
::tag('span', get_string('pluginname', 'search_' . $CFG->searchengine
),
10352 array('class' => 'statusok'));
10356 $table->data
[] = $row;
10358 // Available areas.
10360 $url = new moodle_url('/admin/searchareas.php');
10361 $row[0] = '2. ' . html_writer
::tag('a', get_string('enablesearchareas', 'admin'),
10362 array('href' => $url));
10364 $status = html_writer
::tag('span', get_string('no'), array('class' => 'statuscritical'));
10366 $status = html_writer
::tag('span', get_string('yes'), array('class' => 'statusok'));
10370 $table->data
[] = $row;
10372 // Setup search engine.
10374 if (empty($CFG->searchengine
)) {
10375 $row[0] = '3. ' . get_string('setupsearchengine', 'admin');
10376 $row[1] = html_writer
::tag('span', get_string('no'), array('class' => 'statuscritical'));
10378 $url = new moodle_url('/admin/settings.php?section=search' . $CFG->searchengine
);
10379 $row[0] = '3. ' . html_writer
::tag('a', get_string('setupsearchengine', 'admin'),
10380 array('href' => $url));
10381 // Check the engine status.
10382 $searchengine = \core_search\manager
::search_engine_instance();
10384 $serverstatus = $searchengine->is_server_ready();
10385 } catch (\moodle_exception
$e) {
10386 $serverstatus = $e->getMessage();
10388 if ($serverstatus === true) {
10389 $status = html_writer
::tag('span', get_string('yes'), array('class' => 'statusok'));
10391 $status = html_writer
::tag('span', $serverstatus, array('class' => 'statuscritical'));
10395 $table->data
[] = $row;
10399 $url = new moodle_url('/admin/searchareas.php');
10400 $row[0] = '4. ' . html_writer
::tag('a', get_string('indexdata', 'admin'), array('href' => $url));
10402 $status = html_writer
::tag('span', get_string('yes'), array('class' => 'statusok'));
10404 $status = html_writer
::tag('span', get_string('no'), array('class' => 'statuscritical'));
10407 $table->data
[] = $row;
10409 // Enable global search.
10411 $url = new moodle_url("/admin/search.php?query=enableglobalsearch");
10412 $row[0] = '5. ' . html_writer
::tag('a', get_string('enableglobalsearch', 'admin'),
10413 array('href' => $url));
10414 $status = html_writer
::tag('span', get_string('no'), array('class' => 'statuscritical'));
10415 if (\core_search\manager
::is_global_search_enabled()) {
10416 $status = html_writer
::tag('span', get_string('yes'), array('class' => 'statusok'));
10419 $table->data
[] = $row;
10421 $return .= html_writer
::table($table);
10423 return highlight($query, $return);
10429 * Used to validate the contents of SCSS code and ensuring they are parsable.
10431 * It does not attempt to detect undefined SCSS variables because it is designed
10432 * to be used without knowledge of other config/scss included.
10434 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
10435 * @copyright 2016 Dan Poltawski <dan@moodle.com>
10437 class admin_setting_scsscode
extends admin_setting_configtextarea
{
10440 * Validate the contents of the SCSS to ensure its parsable. Does not
10441 * attempt to detect undefined scss variables.
10443 * @param string $data The scss code from text field.
10444 * @return mixed bool true for success or string:error on failure.
10446 public function validate($data) {
10447 if (empty($data)) {
10451 $scss = new core_scss();
10453 $scss->compile($data);
10454 } catch (Leafo\ScssPhp\Exception\ParserException
$e) {
10455 return get_string('scssinvalid', 'admin', $e->getMessage());
10456 } catch (Leafo\ScssPhp\Exception\CompilerException
$e) {
10457 // Silently ignore this - it could be a scss variable defined from somewhere
10458 // else which we are not examining here.
10468 * Administration setting to define a list of file types.
10470 * @copyright 2016 Jonathon Fowler <fowlerj@usq.edu.au>
10471 * @copyright 2017 David Mudrák <david@moodle.com>
10472 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
10474 class admin_setting_filetypes
extends admin_setting_configtext
{
10476 /** @var array Allow selection from these file types only. */
10477 protected $onlytypes = [];
10479 /** @var bool Allow selection of 'All file types' (will be stored as '*'). */
10480 protected $allowall = true;
10482 /** @var core_form\filetypes_util instance to use as a helper. */
10483 protected $util = null;
10488 * @param string $name Unique ascii name like 'mycoresetting' or 'myplugin/mysetting'
10489 * @param string $visiblename Localised label of the setting
10490 * @param string $description Localised description of the setting
10491 * @param string $defaultsetting Default setting value.
10492 * @param array $options Setting widget options, an array with optional keys:
10493 * 'onlytypes' => array Allow selection from these file types only; for example ['onlytypes' => ['web_image']].
10494 * 'allowall' => bool Allow to select 'All file types', defaults to true. Does not apply if onlytypes are set.
10496 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting = '', array $options = []) {
10498 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, PARAM_RAW
);
10500 if (array_key_exists('onlytypes', $options) && is_array($options['onlytypes'])) {
10501 $this->onlytypes
= $options['onlytypes'];
10504 if (!$this->onlytypes
&& array_key_exists('allowall', $options)) {
10505 $this->allowall
= (bool)$options['allowall'];
10508 $this->util
= new \core_form\filetypes_util
();
10512 * Normalize the user's input and write it to the database as comma separated list.
10514 * Comma separated list as a text representation of the array was chosen to
10515 * make this compatible with how the $CFG->courseoverviewfilesext values are stored.
10517 * @param string $data Value submitted by the admin.
10518 * @return string Epty string if all good, error message otherwise.
10520 public function write_setting($data) {
10521 return parent
::write_setting(implode(',', $this->util
->normalize_file_types($data)));
10525 * Validate data before storage
10527 * @param string $data The setting values provided by the admin
10528 * @return bool|string True if ok, the string if error found
10530 public function validate($data) {
10532 // No need to call parent's validation here as we are PARAM_RAW.
10534 if ($this->util
->is_whitelisted($data, $this->onlytypes
)) {
10538 $troublemakers = $this->util
->get_not_whitelisted($data, $this->onlytypes
);
10539 return get_string('filetypesnotwhitelisted', 'core_form', implode(' ', $troublemakers));
10544 * Return an HTML string for the setting element.
10546 * @param string $data The current setting value
10547 * @param string $query Admin search query to be highlighted
10548 * @return string HTML to be displayed
10550 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
10551 global $OUTPUT, $PAGE;
10553 $default = $this->get_defaultsetting();
10554 $context = (object) [
10555 'id' => $this->get_id(),
10556 'name' => $this->get_full_name(),
10558 'descriptions' => $this->util
->describe_file_types($data),
10560 $element = $OUTPUT->render_from_template('core_admin/setting_filetypes', $context);
10562 $PAGE->requires
->js_call_amd('core_form/filetypes', 'init', [
10564 $this->visiblename
->out(),
10569 return format_admin_setting($this, $this->visiblename
, $element, $this->description
, true, '', $default, $query);
10573 * Should the values be always displayed in LTR mode?
10575 * We always return true here because these values are not RTL compatible.
10577 * @return bool True because these values are not RTL compatible.
10579 public function get_force_ltr() {
10585 * Used to validate the content and format of the age of digital consent map and ensuring it is parsable.
10587 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
10588 * @copyright 2018 Mihail Geshoski <mihail@moodle.com>
10590 class admin_setting_agedigitalconsentmap
extends admin_setting_configtextarea
{
10595 * @param string $name
10596 * @param string $visiblename
10597 * @param string $description
10598 * @param mixed $defaultsetting string or array
10599 * @param mixed $paramtype
10600 * @param string $cols
10601 * @param string $rows
10603 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $paramtype = PARAM_RAW
,
10604 $cols = '60', $rows = '8') {
10605 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $paramtype, $cols, $rows);
10606 // Pre-set force LTR to false.
10607 $this->set_force_ltr(false);
10611 * Validate the content and format of the age of digital consent map to ensure it is parsable.
10613 * @param string $data The age of digital consent map from text field.
10614 * @return mixed bool true for success or string:error on failure.
10616 public function validate($data) {
10617 if (empty($data)) {
10622 \core_auth\digital_consent
::parse_age_digital_consent_map($data);
10623 } catch (\moodle_exception
$e) {
10624 return get_string('invalidagedigitalconsent', 'admin', $e->getMessage());
10632 * Selection of plugins that can work as site policy handlers
10634 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
10635 * @copyright 2018 Marina Glancy
10637 class admin_settings_sitepolicy_handler_select
extends admin_setting_configselect
{
10641 * @param string $name unique ascii name, either 'mysetting' for settings that in config, or 'myplugin/mysetting'
10642 * for ones in config_plugins.
10643 * @param string $visiblename localised
10644 * @param string $description long localised info
10645 * @param string $defaultsetting
10647 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting = '') {
10648 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, null);
10652 * Lazy-load the available choices for the select box
10654 public function load_choices() {
10655 if (during_initial_install()) {
10658 if (is_array($this->choices
)) {
10662 $this->choices
= ['' => new lang_string('sitepolicyhandlercore', 'core_admin')];
10663 $manager = new \core_privacy\local\sitepolicy\
manager();
10664 $plugins = $manager->get_all_handlers();
10665 foreach ($plugins as $pname => $unused) {
10666 $this->choices
[$pname] = new lang_string('sitepolicyhandlerplugin', 'core_admin',
10667 ['name' => new lang_string('pluginname', $pname), 'component' => $pname]);